Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(proximity) (of place)

  • 1 closeness

    ['kləʊsnɪs]
    1) (emotionally) intimità f.
    2) (proximity) (of place) vicinanza f.; (of event) prossimità f.
    3) (of atmosphere) (inside) mancanza f. d'aria; (outside)
    4) (accuracy) (of copy) fedeltà f., esattezza f.
    * * *
    noun vicinanza
    * * *
    closeness /ˈkləʊsnəs/
    n. [u]
    1 vicinanza; prossimità
    2 (grado d') intimità; stretto legame: You know the closeness of our friendship, tu conosci il grado d'intimità della nostra amicizia
    3 fittezza, compattezza ( di tessuto, ecc.)
    4 accuratezza, esattezza, precisione ( di copia, ritratto, ecc.)
    5 segretezza; riservatezza
    6 mancanza di spazio; ristrettezza
    7 mancanza d'aria; afa
    8 (fam.) avarizia; spilorceria; tirchieria.
    * * *
    ['kləʊsnɪs]
    1) (emotionally) intimità f.
    2) (proximity) (of place) vicinanza f.; (of event) prossimità f.
    3) (of atmosphere) (inside) mancanza f. d'aria; (outside)
    4) (accuracy) (of copy) fedeltà f., esattezza f.

    English-Italian dictionary > closeness

  • 2 πρός

    πρός prep. expressing direction ‘on the side of’, ‘in the direction of’: w. gen. ‘from’, dat. ‘at’, or acc. (the most freq. usage in our lit.) ‘to’ (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά. beg.) (Hom.+).
    w. gen. (pseudepigr. only TestSol 10:4 C; apolog. exc. Ar.) marker of direction or aspect from which someth. is determined, to the advantage of, advantageous for (Thu. 3, 59, 1 οὐ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης τάδε; Hdt. 1, 75; Dionys. Hal. 10, 30, 5; Diod S 18, 50, 5; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 3; Mel., HE 4, 26, 8; Ath. 36, 1; B-D-F §240; Rob. 623f) οἱ πρ. ζωῆς μαζοί the life-giving breasts 1 Cl 20:10. πρ. τῆς σωτηρίας in the interest of safety Ac 27:34 (πρὸς τῆς ς. as Jos., Ant. 16, 313).
    w. dat. (pesudepigr. only TestSol 6:4 D; TestAbr [s. below]; JosAs 19:1.—Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 10) marker of closeness of relation or proximity
    of place near, at, by (Hom. et al. incl. Aristarch. Samos 398, 20; LXX; TestSol 6:4 D; Jos., Ant 8, 349; 381) Mk 5:11; around Rv 1:13. πρ. τῇ θύρᾳ ἑστηκέναι stand at the door (Menand., Fgm. 420, 1; 830 K.=352, 1; 644 Kö.; JosAs 19:1) J 18:16; cp. 20:11. πρὸς τῇ πύλῃ GJs 4:4; ἐγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ πρ. τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους when he came close to the slope of the mountain Lk 19:37 (s. κατάβασις). πρ. τῇ κεφαλῇ, τοῖς ποσίν at the head, at the feet J 20:12. τὰ πρ. ταῖς ῥίζαις the parts near the roots Hs 9, 1, 6; 9, 21, 1. In geographical designations Μαγνησία ἡ πρ. Μαιάνδρῳ Magnesia on the Maeander IMagnMai ins.—(Cp. the temporal use: πρὸς ἑσπέρᾳ ἐστίν it takes place at evening TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 7 [Stone p. 60]; cp. Just., D. 105, 3 and 5; 142, 1.)
    in addition to (Hom. et al.; Polyb., Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7; Ath., R. 22 p. 75, 10; ins) πρὸς τούτοις (SIG 495, 105; 685, 70 and 100; 796 B, 30; 888, 35 al.; UPZ 26, 18; 25 [163 B.C.]; 2 Macc 4:9; 5:23; 9:17, 25; 14:4, esp. 12:2; Philo, Aet. M. 67 al.; Just., A I, 40, 5; D. 93, 4 al.) 1 Cl 17:1.
    w. acc. (pseudepigr. and apolog. throughout) marker of movement or orientation toward someone/someth.
    of place, pers., or thing toward, towards, to, after verbs
    α. of going; s. ἄγω 5, ἀναβαίνω 1aα, ἀνακάμπτω 1a, ἀπέρχομαι 1b, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι 1bα, ἐκπορεύομαι 1c, also ἐπισυνάγομαι Mk 1:33, ἔρχομαι 1aβ, ἥκω 1d et al.—προσαγωγὴ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Eph 2:18. εἴσοδος 1 Th 1:9a.
    β. of sending; s. ἀναπέμπω Lk 23:7, 15; Ac 25:21, ἀποστέλλω 1bα, πέμπω.
    γ. of motion gener.; s. βληθῆναι (βάλλω 1b), ἐπιστρέφω 1a, 4ab, κεῖμαι 2, πίπτω 1bαא and ב, προσκολλάω, προσκόπτω 1, προσπίπτω.
    δ. of leading, guiding; s. ἄγω 1a, ἀπάγω 2a and 4, also ἕλκω 2 end J 12:32, κατασύρω, etc.
    ε. of saying, speaking; s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1, also δημηγορέω Ac 12:21, εἶπον 1a, λαλέω 2aγ and 2b, λέγω 1bγ et al. Hebraistically λαλεῖν στόμα πρὸς στόμα speak face to face (Jer 39:4; ApcEsdr 6:6 p. 31, 10 Tdf.) 2J 12b; 3J 14 (cp. PGM 1, 39 τὸ στόμα πρὸς τὸ στόμα). πρὸς ἀλλήλους to one another, with each other, among themselves: s. ἀντιβάλλω, διαλαλέω, also διαλέγομαι Mk 9:34, διαλογίζομαι 8:16; Lk 20:14, εἶπον 24:32; J 16:17; 19:24, λαλέω, λέγω et al. πρὸς ἑαυτούς to themselves, to each other: s. διαλογίζομαι 1; εἶπον Mk 12:7; J 7:35; λέγω (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 15, 7 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν; Just., D. 62, 2) Mk 10:26; 16:3. διαθήκην ὁ θεὸς διέθετο πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ God made a covenant with your fathers, when he said to Abraham Ac 3:25 (διατίθημι 1). ὅρκον ὀμνύναι πρ. τινα (ὀμνύω, end) Lk 1:73.
    ζ. of asking, praying δέομαι Ac 8:24. εὔχομαι (s. εὔχομαι 1; cp. 2 Macc 9:13) 2 Cor 13:7. προσεύχομαι (cp. 1 Km 12:19; 2 Esdr 12: 4; 2 Macc 2:10) Hv 1, 1, 9. γνωρίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Phil 4:6 (γνωρίζω 1).—Also after nouns like δέησις, λόγος et al. Ro 10:1; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:18 al.
    of time near, at, or during (a certain time)
    α. denoting approach toward (X., Pla. et al.) πρὸς ἑσπέραν toward evening Lk 24:29 (so Just., D. 97, 1; s. ἑσπέρα).
    β. of temporal duration for πρὸς καιρόν for a time, for a while (καιρός 1a) Lk 8:13; 1 Cor 7:5. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας (καιρός 1a) 1 Th 2:17. πρὸς ὥραν for an hour, i.e. for a short time J 5:35; 2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5a; Phlm 15; MPol 11:2. πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας Hb 12:10. Also πρὸς ὀλίγον Js 4:14; GJs 19:2 (ὀλίγος 3). πρὸς τὸ παρόν for the present Hb 12:11 (πάρειμι 1b).
    α. with conscious purpose for, for the purpose of, on behalf of οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος this was the one who sat (and begged) for alms Ac 3:10. πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ Ro 3:26. τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν σύμφορον λέγω 1 Cor 7:35a; cp. 35b. ἐγράφη πρὸς νουθεσίαν ἡμῶν 10:11. Cp. Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 6:5; 2 Cor 4:6; 7:3; 11:8; Eph 4:12.—W. acc. of the inf. (Polyb. 1, 48, 5; PRyl 69, 16; BGU 226, 22; Jer 34:10; 2 Macc 4:45; TestJob 45:4; Jos., Ant. 14, 170; 15, 148 al.; Just., D. 132, 1) πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις in order to be seen by men Mt 23:5; cp. 6:1. πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά 13:30. πρὸς τὸ ἐνταφιάσαι με 26:12. πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς Mk 13:22. πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἀτενίσαι υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ 2 Cor 3:13. Cp. Eph 6:11a; 1 Th 2:9; 2 Th 3:8; Js 3:3 v.l.
    β. gener. of design, destiny (Demetr.[?]: 722 Fgm. 7 Jac. πρὸς τὴν κάρπωσιν; TestJob 42:7 τὰ πρὸς θυσίαν; Jos., Bell. 4, 573 τὸ πρ. σωτηρίαν φάρμακον) τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν for the glory of God 2 Cor 1:20 (on πρὸς δόξαν cp. SIG 456, 15; 704e, 21; 3 Macc 2:9; Just., A I, 15, 10 μηδὲν πρὸς δόξαν ποιεῖν). τῇ πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 Pt 4:12.—After adjectives and participles for ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομήν Eph 4:29 (ἀγ. 1a) ἀδόκιμος Tit 1:16. ἀνεύθετος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν Ac 27:12. γεγυμνασμένος Hb 5:14. δυνατός 2 Cor 10:4. ἐξηρτισμένος 2 Ti 3:17. ἕτοιμος (q.v. b) Tit 3:1; 1 Pt 3:15. ἱκανός (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 2:16. ὠφέλιμος 1 Ti 4:8ab; 2 Ti 3:16.
    γ. of the result that follows a set of circumstances (so that) πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν γινέσθω everything is to be done in such a way that it contributes to edification 1 Cor 14:26; cp. vs. 12; Col 2:23 (but see eδ below); 1 Ti 4:7. ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτήν one who looks at a woman with sinful desire Mt 5:28, but s. eε below. λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν they (the fields) are white, so that the harvest may begin J 4:35. αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον this disease is not of the kind that will lead to death 11:4. Cp. ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον 1J 5:16f.
    of relationship (hostile or friendly), against, for
    α. hostile against, with after verbs of disputing, etc.; s. ἀνταγωνίζομαι, γογγύζω, διακρίνομαι (διακρίνω 5b), διαλέγομαι 1, πικραίνομαι (πικραίνω 2), στασιάζω, ἔστην (ἵστημι B3). ἐστίν τινι ἡ πάλη πρός Eph 6:12. ἔχειν τι πρός τινα have anything (to bring up) against someone Ac 24:19. μομφὴν ἔχειν πρός τινα Col 3:13. πρᾶγμα ἔχειν πρός τινα 1 Cor 6:1 (πρᾶγμα 4). ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους Ac 6:1. τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 2 Cor 6:11 (ἀνοίγω 7). ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὐτούς Lk 23:12. βλασφημίαι πρὸς τὸν θεόν Rv 13:6 (cp. TestJob 25:10 εἰπὲ ἓν ῥῆμα πρὸς τὸν θεόν). ἀσύμφωνοι πρ. ἀλλήλους unable to agree among themselves Ac 28:25 (Tat. 25, 2); cp. the structure of Col 2:23.
    β. friendly to, toward, with, before ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν Gal 6:10ab (ἐργάζομαι 2a). μακροθυμεῖν 1 Th 5:14. εἰρήνην ἔχειν πρὸ τὸν θεόν Ro 5:1 (s. εἰρήνη 2b). παρρησίαν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 1J 3:21; cp. 5:14. πίστιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰ. Phlm 5. πεποίθησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τ. θεόν 2 Cor 3:4. ἔχειν χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν Ac 2:47 (FCheetham, ET 74, ’63, 214f). πραΰτητα ἐνδείκνυσθαι Tit 3:2. ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖν Col 4:5. ἤπιον εἶναι πρὸς πάντας 2 Ti 2:24.—After substantives: πίστις 1 Th 1:8 (cp. 4 Macc 15:24; Just., D. 121, 2); παρρησία 2 Cor 7:4; κοινωνία 6:14; συμφώνησις vs. 15 (cp. Is 7:2).
    to indicate a connection by marking a point of reference, with reference/regard to
    α. with reference to (Ocellus Luc. c. 42 πρὸς ἡμᾶς=with reference to us) ἔγνωσαν ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν they recognized that he had spoken the parable with reference to them Mk 12:12; Lk 20:19; cp. 12:41 (Vita Aesopi cod. G 98 P. οἱ Σάμιοι νοήσαντες πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἰρῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους; Just., D. 122, 3 ταῦτα … πρὸς τὸν χριστὸν … εἴρηται). ἔλεγεν παραβολὴν πρὸς τὸ δεῖν προσεύχεσθαι he told them a parable about the need of praying 18:1 (Just., D. 90, 5 σύμβολον … πρὸς τὸν χριστόν). οὐδεὶς ἔγνω πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ nobody understood with respect to what (= why) he said (this) to him J 13:28. πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν with reference to (i.e. because of) your perversity Mt 19:8; Mk 10:5 (Just., D. 45, 3). Cp. Ro 10:21a; Hb 1:7f. οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα he did not answer him a single word with reference to anything Mt 27:14 (s. ἀποκρίνομαι 1). ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα Lk 14:6 (s. ἀνταποκρίνομαι). ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεόν have a clear conscience with respect to God Ac 24:16.
    β. as far as … is concerned, with regard to (Maximus Tyr. 31, 3b) πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος Hb 6:11. συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων we are recommending ourselves as far as every human conscience is concerned = to every human conscience (πρός w. acc. also stands simply for the dative; s. Mayser II/2 p. 359) 2 Cor 4:2. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν that which concerns God or as adverbial acc. with reference to what concerns God (Soph., Phil. 1441; X., De Rep. Lac. 13, 11; Ps.-Isocr. 1, 13 εὐσεβεῖν τὰ πρὸς τ. θεούς; SIG 204, 51f; 306, 38; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 109, 3 εὐσεβὴς τὰ πρὸς θεούς; Ex 4:16; 18:19; Jos., Ant. 9, 236) Ro 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1. τὰ πρός τι that which belongs to someth.; that which is necessary for someth. (Plut., Mor. 109b; Jos., Ant. 12, 405 τὰ πρὸς τὴν μάχην; 14, 27; a standard term in state documents) τὰ πρὸς ἀπαρτισμόν Lk 14:28 v.l. τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην (TestJud 9) vs. 32; what makes for peace 19:42. Cp. Ac 28:10; 2 Pt 1:3.
    γ. elliptically τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς (sc. ἐστιν); what is that to us? Mt 27:4. τί πρὸς σέ; how does it concern you? J 21:22f (cp. Epict. 4, 1, 10 τί τοῦτο πρὸς σέ; Plut., Mor. 986b; Vi. Aesopi I 14 p. 265, 4 Eberh. τί πρὸς ἐμέ; ApcMos 11 οὐ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἡ πλεονεξία σου).
    δ. in accordance with ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν Gal 2:14. πρὸς τὸ κένωμα in accordance with the emptiness Hm 11:3. πρὸς τὸ θέλημα in accordance w. the will Lk 12:47; Hs 9, 5, 2. πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν 2 Cor 5:10. πρὸς ὅ Eph 3:4.In comparison with, to be compared to (Pind., Hdt. et al.; Ps.-Luc., Halc. 3 πρὸς τὸν πάντα αἰῶνα=[life is short] in comparison to all eternity; Sir 25:19; TestJob 18:8; 23:8; Just., D. 19, 2 οὐδὲν … πρὸς τὸ βάπτισμα τοῦτο τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ἐστι; Tat. 29, 1 ὀρθοποδεῖν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν) ἄξια πρός Ro 8:18 (RLeaney, ET 64, ’52f; 92 interprets Col 2:23 in the light of this usage). Cp. IMg 12.
    ε. expressing purpose πρὸς τό w. inf. (s. Mayser II/1 p. 331f) in order to, for the purpose of Mk 13:22; Ac 3:19 v.l. Perh. Mt 5:28 (s. cγ above).
    in adverbial expressions (cp. πρὸς ὀργήν = ὀργίλως Soph., Elect. 369; Jos., Bell. 2, 534. πρὸς βίαν = βιαίως Aeschyl., Prom. 208, 353, Eum. 5; Menand., Sam. 559 S. [214 Kö.]; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 3. πρὸς ἡδονήν Jos., Ant. 7, 195; 12, 398; Just., A II, 3, 2 πρὸς χάριν καὶ ἡδονὴν τῶν πολλῶν) πρὸς φθόνον prob.=φθονερῶς jealously Js 4:5 (s. φθόνος, where the lit. is given). πρὸς εὐφρασίαν w. joy AcPl Ox 6, 9f (cp. Aa 1 p. 241, 1 ὑπερευφραινομένη).
    by, at, near πρός τινα εἶναι be (in company) with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; 9:19a; 14:49; Lk 9:41; J 1:1f; 1 Th 3:4; 2 Th 2:5; 3:10; 1J 1:2. διαμένειν Ac 10:48 D; Gal 2:5b. ἐπιμένειν 1:18; 1 Cor 16:7. παραμένειν 16:6 (v.l. κατα-). μένειν Ac 18:3 D. παρεῖναι 12:20; 2 Cor 11:9; Gal 4:18, 20; cp. παρουσία πρὸς ὑμᾶς Phil 1:26. παρεπιδημεῖν 1 Cl 1:2. ἐποίησεν τρεῖς μῆνας πρὸς τὴν Ἐλισάβεδ GJs 12:3. πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα Mt 26:18b. Cp. also 2 Cor 1:12; 7:12; 12:21; 2 Th 3:1; Phlm 13; 1J 2:1; Hm 11:9b v.l.—πρὸς ἑαυτούς among or to themselves Mk 9:10 (in case πρὸς ἑ. belongs w. τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν; B-D-F §239, 1). πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο he uttered a prayer to himself Lk 18:11. Cp. 24:12.—δεδεμένον πρὸς θύραν tied at a door Mk 11:4. τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἐδέσμευεν (Satan) bound all humankind to self-gratification AcPlCor 2:11. πρὸς τ. θάλασσαν by the seaside Mk 4:1b. On πρὸς τὸ φῶς at the fire Mk 14:54; Lk 22:56 s. B-D-F §239, 3; Rob. 625 (perh. w. the idea of turning toward the fire; s. also 4 Km 23:3). πρὸς ἓν τῶν ὀρέων at one of the mountains 1 Cl 10:7. τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν the place near the door Mk 2:2. πρὸς γράμμα letter by letter Hv 2, 1, 4.—On πρός τι terms s. PWouters, The Treatment of Relational Nouns in Ancient Grammar: Orbis 38, ’95, 149–78 (lit.). M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πρός

  • 3 closeness

    closeness [ˈkləʊsnɪs]
    * * *
    ['kləʊsnɪs]
    1) ( emotionally) intimité f
    2) ( in mutual understanding) bonnes relations fpl

    the closeness of their allianceles liens mpl étroits qui les unissent

    3) ( rapport) rapport m (to à)
    4) ( proximity) ( of place) proximité f; ( of event) approche f
    5) ( of atmosphere) ( inside) manque m d'air; ( outside)
    6) ( accuracy) ( of copy) fidélité f

    English-French dictionary > closeness

  • 4 closeness

    1 ( emotionally) intimité f ;
    2 ( in mutual understanding) ( of peoples) bonnes relations fpl ; the closeness of their alliance les liens étroits qui les unissent/unissaient etc ;
    3 ( rapport) rapport m (to à) ; closeness to nature rapport à la nature ;
    4 ( proximity) ( of place) proximité f ; ( of event) approche f ;
    5 ( of atmosphere) ( inside) manque m d'air ; ( outside) the closeness of the weather le temps lourd ;
    6 (accuracy, similarity) ( of copy) fidélité f ; the closeness of the resemblance la ressemblance frappante.

    Big English-French dictionary > closeness

  • 5 Nähe

    Adj. nah
    * * *
    die Nähe
    closeness; vicinity; contiguity; nearness; vicinage; proximity; propinquity
    * * *
    na|he ['naːə]
    1. adj comp näher
    ['nɛːɐ] superl nächste(r, s) ['nɛːçstə]
    1) (örtlich) near pred, close pred, nearby

    jdm nah seinto be near (to) sb

    2) (zeitlich) near pred, approaching, nigh (liter) pred

    die náhe Zukunft — the near future

    3) (= eng) Freund, Beziehung etc close

    náhe Verwandte — close relatives

    2. adv comp näher, superl am nächsten
    1) (örtlich) ['nɛːɐ]
    near, close

    náhe an — near or close to

    nah(e) bei — close to or by, near

    nah(e) liegend Ortnearby auch naheliegend

    náhe vor — right in front of

    jdm/einer Sache zu nah(e) kommen — to get too close to sb/sth

    wir stehen uns ( geistig) sehr náhe — our views are very close

    See:
    daran
    2)

    (zeitlich) mein Prüfungstermin rückt allmählich nah(e) — my examination is getting close

    3) (= eng) closely

    mit jdm nah(e) verwandt seinto be a near relative of sb's, to be closely related to sb

    3. prep +dat
    near (to), close to

    der Ohnmacht/dem Wahnsinn etc nah(e) sein — to be on the verge of fainting/madness etc

    * * *
    1) ((with close or near) near: The bus station is close at hand.) at hand
    2) (near in time, place etc: He stood close to his mother; Follow close behind.) close
    3) ((of eyes etc) positioned very near each other.) close-set
    4) (near in time, place, relationship etc: close to 3 o'clock; close to the hospital; close to his mother.) close to
    5) (not far away in place or time: The station is quite near; Christmas is getting near.) near
    6) (not far away in relationship: He is a near relation.) near
    7) (to or at a short distance from here or the place mentioned: He lives quite near.) near
    8) ((with to) close to: Don't sit too near to the window.) near
    9) (at a very small distance from (in place, time etc): She lives near the church; It was near midnight when they arrived.) near
    10) (an old word for near.) nigh
    11) (close to; close together: The soldiers were fighting with the enemy at close quarters.) at close quarters
    * * *
    Nä·he
    <->
    [ˈnɛ:ə]
    1. (geringe Entfernung) proximity no pl form
    aus der \Nähe from close up
    in der \Nähe near
    bleib bitte in der \Nähe please don't go too far away
    jds \Nähe sb's closeness
    jds \Nähe brauchen to need sb [to be] close [to one]
    in jds \Nähe close to sb
    3. (naher Zeitpunkt) closeness no pl
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv näher, nächst...
    1) (räumlich) near pred.; close pred.; nearby attrib.

    in der näheren Umgebung — in the neighbourhood; around here/there; s. auch Osten 3)

    2) (zeitlich) imminent; near pred.
    3) (eng) close <relationship, relative, friend>
    2.
    Ex:
    näher, am nächsten
    /Ex:

    nahe an — (+ Dat./Akk.)

    komm mir nicht zu nahe! — don't come too close!; keep your distance!

    aus od. von nah und fern — (geh.) from near and far

    jemandem zu nahe treten(fig.) offend somebody

    jemandem die moderne Kunst usw. nahe bringen — make modern art etc. accessible to somebody

    jemandem etwas näher bringen(fig.) make something more real or more accessible to somebody

    jemandem nahe gehen(fig.) affect somebody deeply

    einer Sache (Dat.) nahe kommen(fig.) come close to something; < amount> approximate to something

    jemandem [menschlich] näher kommen — get on closer terms with somebody

    sich (Dat.) näher kommen — (fig.) become closer

    jemandem etwas nahe legen(fig.) suggest something to somebody

    einen Verdacht/einen Gedanken usw. nahe legen — give rise to a suspicion/thought etc.

    nahe liegen(fig.) < thought> suggest itself; <suspicion, question> arise

    jemandem nahe stehen(fig.) be on close or intimate terms with somebody

    eine der Witwe nahe stehende Cousine(fig.) a cousin who is/was on close terms with the widow

    nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun — be on the point of doing something

    3) (eng) closely; s. auch näher
    3.
    Präposition mit Dat. (geh.) near; close to

    den Tränen/dem Wahnsinn nahe sein — be on the brink of tears/on the verge of madness

    * * *
    Nähe f; -, kein pl
    1. (geringe räumliche Entfernung) nearness, proximity; (Umgebung) vicinity, neighbo(u)rhood;
    in der Nähe nearby;
    in der Nähe von (oder +gen) near (to), quite close to;
    der Park in der Nähe the nearby park, the park nearby;
    in der Nähe der Stadt near the town;
    hier in der Nähe somewhere around here;
    in der Nähe bleiben stay around;
    in seiner Nähe near (to) where he lives; unmittelbar: near (to) him;
    ich möchte in seiner Nähe sein I’d like to be with ( oder close to) him, I’d like to have him around me;
    aus der Nähe close up, at close range;
    aus der Nähe betrachten auch fig take a close(r) look at;
    aus der Nähe betrachtet seen at close range, on closer view
    die zeitliche Nähe zu einem Ereignis etc closeness; greifbar
    menschliche Nähe human contact;
    jemandes Nähe suchen seek sb’s company
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv näher, nächst...
    1) (räumlich) near pred.; close pred.; nearby attrib.

    in der näheren Umgebung — in the neighbourhood; around here/there; s. auch Osten 3)

    2) (zeitlich) imminent; near pred.
    3) (eng) close <relationship, relative, friend>
    2.
    Ex:
    näher, am nächsten
    /Ex:

    nahe an — (+ Dat./Akk.)

    komm mir nicht zu nahe! — don't come too close!; keep your distance!

    von nahem — from close up; at close quarters

    aus od. von nah und fern — (geh.) from near and far

    jemandem zu nahe treten(fig.) offend somebody

    jemandem die moderne Kunst usw. nahe bringen — make modern art etc. accessible to somebody

    jemandem etwas näher bringen(fig.) make something more real or more accessible to somebody

    jemandem nahe gehen(fig.) affect somebody deeply

    einer Sache (Dat.) nahe kommen — (fig.) come close to something; < amount> approximate to something

    jemandem [menschlich] näher kommen — get on closer terms with somebody

    sich (Dat.) näher kommen — (fig.) become closer

    jemandem etwas nahe legen(fig.) suggest something to somebody

    einen Verdacht/einen Gedanken usw. nahe legen — give rise to a suspicion/thought etc.

    nahe liegen(fig.) < thought> suggest itself; <suspicion, question> arise

    jemandem nahe stehen(fig.) be on close or intimate terms with somebody

    eine der Witwe nahe stehende Cousine(fig.) a cousin who is/was on close terms with the widow

    nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun — be on the point of doing something

    3) (eng) closely; s. auch näher
    3.
    Präposition mit Dat. (geh.) near; close to

    den Tränen/dem Wahnsinn nahe sein — be on the brink of tears/on the verge of madness

    * * *
    nur sing. f.
    adjacency n.
    closeness n.
    contiguousness n.
    nearness n.
    propinquity n.
    proximity n.
    vicinage n.
    vicinity n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Nähe

  • 6 nahe

    Adj. nah
    * * *
    die Nähe
    closeness; vicinity; contiguity; nearness; vicinage; proximity; propinquity
    * * *
    na|he ['naːə]
    1. adj comp näher
    ['nɛːɐ] superl nächste(r, s) ['nɛːçstə]
    1) (örtlich) near pred, close pred, nearby

    jdm nah seinto be near (to) sb

    2) (zeitlich) near pred, approaching, nigh (liter) pred

    die náhe Zukunft — the near future

    3) (= eng) Freund, Beziehung etc close

    náhe Verwandte — close relatives

    2. adv comp näher, superl am nächsten
    1) (örtlich) ['nɛːɐ]
    near, close

    náhe an — near or close to

    nah(e) bei — close to or by, near

    nah(e) liegend Ortnearby auch naheliegend

    náhe vor — right in front of

    jdm/einer Sache zu nah(e) kommen — to get too close to sb/sth

    wir stehen uns ( geistig) sehr náhe — our views are very close

    See:
    daran
    2)

    (zeitlich) mein Prüfungstermin rückt allmählich nah(e) — my examination is getting close

    3) (= eng) closely

    mit jdm nah(e) verwandt seinto be a near relative of sb's, to be closely related to sb

    3. prep +dat
    near (to), close to

    der Ohnmacht/dem Wahnsinn etc nah(e) sein — to be on the verge of fainting/madness etc

    * * *
    1) ((with close or near) near: The bus station is close at hand.) at hand
    2) (near in time, place etc: He stood close to his mother; Follow close behind.) close
    3) ((of eyes etc) positioned very near each other.) close-set
    4) (near in time, place, relationship etc: close to 3 o'clock; close to the hospital; close to his mother.) close to
    5) (not far away in place or time: The station is quite near; Christmas is getting near.) near
    6) (not far away in relationship: He is a near relation.) near
    7) (to or at a short distance from here or the place mentioned: He lives quite near.) near
    8) ((with to) close to: Don't sit too near to the window.) near
    9) (at a very small distance from (in place, time etc): She lives near the church; It was near midnight when they arrived.) near
    10) (an old word for near.) nigh
    11) (close to; close together: The soldiers were fighting with the enemy at close quarters.) at close quarters
    * * *
    Nä·he
    <->
    [ˈnɛ:ə]
    1. (geringe Entfernung) proximity no pl form
    aus der \Nähe from close up
    in der \Nähe near
    bleib bitte in der \Nähe please don't go too far away
    jds \Nähe sb's closeness
    jds \Nähe brauchen to need sb [to be] close [to one]
    in jds \Nähe close to sb
    3. (naher Zeitpunkt) closeness no pl
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv näher, nächst...
    1) (räumlich) near pred.; close pred.; nearby attrib.

    in der näheren Umgebung — in the neighbourhood; around here/there; s. auch Osten 3)

    2) (zeitlich) imminent; near pred.
    3) (eng) close <relationship, relative, friend>
    2.
    Ex:
    näher, am nächsten
    /Ex:

    nahe an — (+ Dat./Akk.)

    komm mir nicht zu nahe! — don't come too close!; keep your distance!

    aus od. von nah und fern — (geh.) from near and far

    jemandem zu nahe treten(fig.) offend somebody

    jemandem die moderne Kunst usw. nahe bringen — make modern art etc. accessible to somebody

    jemandem etwas näher bringen(fig.) make something more real or more accessible to somebody

    jemandem nahe gehen(fig.) affect somebody deeply

    einer Sache (Dat.) nahe kommen(fig.) come close to something; < amount> approximate to something

    jemandem [menschlich] näher kommen — get on closer terms with somebody

    sich (Dat.) näher kommen — (fig.) become closer

    jemandem etwas nahe legen(fig.) suggest something to somebody

    einen Verdacht/einen Gedanken usw. nahe legen — give rise to a suspicion/thought etc.

    nahe liegen(fig.) < thought> suggest itself; <suspicion, question> arise

    jemandem nahe stehen(fig.) be on close or intimate terms with somebody

    eine der Witwe nahe stehende Cousine(fig.) a cousin who is/was on close terms with the widow

    nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun — be on the point of doing something

    3) (eng) closely; s. auch näher
    3.
    Präposition mit Dat. (geh.) near; close to

    den Tränen/dem Wahnsinn nahe sein — be on the brink of tears/on the verge of madness

    * * *
    nahe adj nah
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv näher, nächst...
    1) (räumlich) near pred.; close pred.; nearby attrib.

    in der näheren Umgebung — in the neighbourhood; around here/there; s. auch Osten 3)

    2) (zeitlich) imminent; near pred.
    3) (eng) close <relationship, relative, friend>
    2.
    Ex:
    näher, am nächsten
    /Ex:

    nahe an — (+ Dat./Akk.)

    komm mir nicht zu nahe! — don't come too close!; keep your distance!

    von nahem — from close up; at close quarters

    aus od. von nah und fern — (geh.) from near and far

    jemandem zu nahe treten(fig.) offend somebody

    jemandem die moderne Kunst usw. nahe bringen — make modern art etc. accessible to somebody

    jemandem etwas näher bringen(fig.) make something more real or more accessible to somebody

    jemandem nahe gehen(fig.) affect somebody deeply

    einer Sache (Dat.) nahe kommen — (fig.) come close to something; < amount> approximate to something

    jemandem [menschlich] näher kommen — get on closer terms with somebody

    sich (Dat.) näher kommen — (fig.) become closer

    jemandem etwas nahe legen(fig.) suggest something to somebody

    einen Verdacht/einen Gedanken usw. nahe legen — give rise to a suspicion/thought etc.

    nahe liegen(fig.) < thought> suggest itself; <suspicion, question> arise

    jemandem nahe stehen(fig.) be on close or intimate terms with somebody

    eine der Witwe nahe stehende Cousine(fig.) a cousin who is/was on close terms with the widow

    nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun — be on the point of doing something

    3) (eng) closely; s. auch näher
    3.
    Präposition mit Dat. (geh.) near; close to

    den Tränen/dem Wahnsinn nahe sein — be on the brink of tears/on the verge of madness

    * * *
    nur sing. f.
    adjacency n.
    closeness n.
    contiguousness n.
    nearness n.
    propinquity n.
    proximity n.
    vicinage n.
    vicinity n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nahe

  • 7 nähe

    Adj. nah
    * * *
    die Nähe
    closeness; vicinity; contiguity; nearness; vicinage; proximity; propinquity
    * * *
    na|he ['naːə]
    1. adj comp näher
    ['nɛːɐ] superl nächste(r, s) ['nɛːçstə]
    1) (örtlich) near pred, close pred, nearby

    jdm nah seinto be near (to) sb

    2) (zeitlich) near pred, approaching, nigh (liter) pred

    die náhe Zukunft — the near future

    3) (= eng) Freund, Beziehung etc close

    náhe Verwandte — close relatives

    2. adv comp näher, superl am nächsten
    1) (örtlich) ['nɛːɐ]
    near, close

    náhe an — near or close to

    nah(e) bei — close to or by, near

    nah(e) liegend Ortnearby auch naheliegend

    náhe vor — right in front of

    jdm/einer Sache zu nah(e) kommen — to get too close to sb/sth

    wir stehen uns ( geistig) sehr náhe — our views are very close

    See:
    daran
    2)

    (zeitlich) mein Prüfungstermin rückt allmählich nah(e) — my examination is getting close

    3) (= eng) closely

    mit jdm nah(e) verwandt seinto be a near relative of sb's, to be closely related to sb

    3. prep +dat
    near (to), close to

    der Ohnmacht/dem Wahnsinn etc nah(e) sein — to be on the verge of fainting/madness etc

    * * *
    1) ((with close or near) near: The bus station is close at hand.) at hand
    2) (near in time, place etc: He stood close to his mother; Follow close behind.) close
    3) ((of eyes etc) positioned very near each other.) close-set
    4) (near in time, place, relationship etc: close to 3 o'clock; close to the hospital; close to his mother.) close to
    5) (not far away in place or time: The station is quite near; Christmas is getting near.) near
    6) (not far away in relationship: He is a near relation.) near
    7) (to or at a short distance from here or the place mentioned: He lives quite near.) near
    8) ((with to) close to: Don't sit too near to the window.) near
    9) (at a very small distance from (in place, time etc): She lives near the church; It was near midnight when they arrived.) near
    10) (an old word for near.) nigh
    11) (close to; close together: The soldiers were fighting with the enemy at close quarters.) at close quarters
    * * *
    Nä·he
    <->
    [ˈnɛ:ə]
    1. (geringe Entfernung) proximity no pl form
    aus der \Nähe from close up
    in der \Nähe near
    bleib bitte in der \Nähe please don't go too far away
    jds \Nähe sb's closeness
    jds \Nähe brauchen to need sb [to be] close [to one]
    in jds \Nähe close to sb
    3. (naher Zeitpunkt) closeness no pl
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv näher, nächst...
    1) (räumlich) near pred.; close pred.; nearby attrib.

    in der näheren Umgebung — in the neighbourhood; around here/there; s. auch Osten 3)

    2) (zeitlich) imminent; near pred.
    3) (eng) close <relationship, relative, friend>
    2.
    Ex:
    näher, am nächsten
    /Ex:

    nahe an — (+ Dat./Akk.)

    komm mir nicht zu nahe! — don't come too close!; keep your distance!

    aus od. von nah und fern — (geh.) from near and far

    jemandem zu nahe treten(fig.) offend somebody

    jemandem die moderne Kunst usw. nahe bringen — make modern art etc. accessible to somebody

    jemandem etwas näher bringen(fig.) make something more real or more accessible to somebody

    jemandem nahe gehen(fig.) affect somebody deeply

    einer Sache (Dat.) nahe kommen(fig.) come close to something; < amount> approximate to something

    jemandem [menschlich] näher kommen — get on closer terms with somebody

    sich (Dat.) näher kommen — (fig.) become closer

    jemandem etwas nahe legen(fig.) suggest something to somebody

    einen Verdacht/einen Gedanken usw. nahe legen — give rise to a suspicion/thought etc.

    nahe liegen(fig.) < thought> suggest itself; <suspicion, question> arise

    jemandem nahe stehen(fig.) be on close or intimate terms with somebody

    eine der Witwe nahe stehende Cousine(fig.) a cousin who is/was on close terms with the widow

    nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun — be on the point of doing something

    3) (eng) closely; s. auch näher
    3.
    Präposition mit Dat. (geh.) near; close to

    den Tränen/dem Wahnsinn nahe sein — be on the brink of tears/on the verge of madness

    * * *
    …nähe f im subst …nah;
    eine Wohnung in Zentrumsnähe a flat (US apartment) near the centre (US -er);
    ein Ferienhaus in Strandnähe a holiday (US vacation) home near the beach
    * * *
    1.
    Adjektiv näher, nächst...
    1) (räumlich) near pred.; close pred.; nearby attrib.

    in der näheren Umgebung — in the neighbourhood; around here/there; s. auch Osten 3)

    2) (zeitlich) imminent; near pred.
    3) (eng) close <relationship, relative, friend>
    2.
    Ex:
    näher, am nächsten
    /Ex:

    nahe an — (+ Dat./Akk.)

    komm mir nicht zu nahe! — don't come too close!; keep your distance!

    von nahem — from close up; at close quarters

    aus od. von nah und fern — (geh.) from near and far

    jemandem zu nahe treten(fig.) offend somebody

    jemandem die moderne Kunst usw. nahe bringen — make modern art etc. accessible to somebody

    jemandem etwas näher bringen(fig.) make something more real or more accessible to somebody

    jemandem nahe gehen(fig.) affect somebody deeply

    einer Sache (Dat.) nahe kommen — (fig.) come close to something; < amount> approximate to something

    jemandem [menschlich] näher kommen — get on closer terms with somebody

    sich (Dat.) näher kommen — (fig.) become closer

    jemandem etwas nahe legen(fig.) suggest something to somebody

    einen Verdacht/einen Gedanken usw. nahe legen — give rise to a suspicion/thought etc.

    nahe liegen(fig.) < thought> suggest itself; <suspicion, question> arise

    jemandem nahe stehen(fig.) be on close or intimate terms with somebody

    eine der Witwe nahe stehende Cousine(fig.) a cousin who is/was on close terms with the widow

    nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun — be on the point of doing something

    3) (eng) closely; s. auch näher
    3.
    Präposition mit Dat. (geh.) near; close to

    den Tränen/dem Wahnsinn nahe sein — be on the brink of tears/on the verge of madness

    * * *
    nur sing. f.
    adjacency n.
    closeness n.
    contiguousness n.
    nearness n.
    propinquity n.
    proximity n.
    vicinage n.
    vicinity n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nähe

  • 8 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    marker of hostile opposition, against
    w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 9 close

    1. adjective
    1) (near in space) dicht; nahe

    be close to somethingnahe bei od. an etwas (Dat.) sein

    you're too close to the firedu bist zu dicht od. nah am Feuer

    I wish we lived closer to your parents — ich wünschte, wir würden näher bei deinen Eltern wohnen

    be close to tears/breaking point — den Tränen/einem Zusammenbruch nahe sein

    at close quarters, the building looked less impressive — aus der Nähe betrachtet, wirkte das Gebäude weniger imposant

    at close rangeaus kurzer Entfernung

    2) (near in time) nahe (to an + Dat.)
    3) eng [Freund, Freundschaft, Beziehung, Zusammenarbeit, Verbindung]; nahe [Verwandte, Bekanntschaft]

    be/become close to somebody — jemandem nahe stehen/nahekommen

    4) (rigorous, painstaking) eingehend, genau [Untersuchung, Prüfung, Befragung usw.]
    5) (stifling) stickig [Luft, Raum]; drückend, schwül [Wetter]
    6) (nearly equal) hart [[Wett]kampf, Spiel]; knapp [Ergebnis]

    that was a close call or shave or thing — (coll.) das war knapp!

    7) (nearly matching) wortgetreu [Übersetzung]; getreu, genau [Imitation, Kopie]; groß [Ähnlichkeit]
    8) eng [Schrift]
    2. adverb
    1) (near) nah[e]

    be close at handin Reichweite sein

    close byin der Nähe

    close on 60 yearsfast 60 Jahre

    close on 2 o'clock — kurz vor 2 [Uhr]

    close to somebody/something — nahe bei jemandem/etwas

    don't stand so close to the edge of the cliffstell dich nicht so nah od. dicht an den Rand des Kliffs

    it brought them closer together(fig.) es brachte sie einander näher

    be/come close to tears — den Tränen nahe sein

    2) fest [schließen]; genau [hinsehen]
    3. transitive verb
    1) (shut) schließen, (ugs.) zumachen [Augen, Tür, Fenster, Geschäft]; zuziehen [Vorhang]; (declare shut) schließen [Laden, Geschäft, Fabrik, Betrieb, Werk, Zeche]; stilllegen [Betrieb, Werk, Zeche, Bahnlinie]; sperren [Straße, Brücke]
    2) (conclude) schließen, beenden [Besprechung, Rede, Diskussion]; schließen [Versammlung, Sitzung]
    3) (make smaller) schließen (auch fig.) [Lücke]
    4. intransitive verb
    1) (shut) sich schließen; [Tür:] zugehen (ugs.), sich schließen

    the door/lid doesn't close properly — die Tür/der Deckel schließt nicht richtig

    2) [Laden, Geschäft, Fabrik:] schließen, (ugs.) zumachen; (permanently) [Betrieb, Werk, Zeche:] geschlossen od. stillgelegt werden; [Geschäft:] geschlossen werden, (ugs.) zumachen
    3) (come to an end) zu Ende gehen; enden; (finish speaking) schließen
    5. noun
    1) no pl. Ende, das; Schluss, der

    come or draw to a close — zu Ende gehen

    bring or draw something to a close — einer Sache (Dat.) ein Ende bereiten; etwas zu Ende bringen

    2) (cul-de-sac) Sackgasse, die
    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/13537/close_down">close down
    * * *
    I 1. [kləus] adverb
    1) (near in time, place etc: He stood close to his mother; Follow close behind.) nahe
    2) (tightly; neatly: a close-fitting dress.) eng
    2. adjective
    1) (near in relationship: a close friend.) vertraut
    2) (having a narrow difference between winner and loser: a close contest; The result was close.) knapp
    3) (thorough: a close examination of the facts; Keep a close watch on him.) genau
    4) (tight: a close fit.) eng
    5) (without fresh air: a close atmosphere; The weather was close and thundery.) schwül
    6) (mean: He's very close (with his money).) geizig
    7) (secretive: They're keeping very close about the business.) verschwiegen
    - closely
    - closeness
    - close call/shave
    - close-set
    - close-up
    - close at hand
    - close on
    - close to
    II 1. [kləuz] verb
    1) (to make or become shut, often by bringing together two parts so as to cover an opening: The baby closed his eyes; Close the door; The shops close on Sundays.) schließen
    2) (to finish; to come or bring to an end: The meeting closed with everyone in agreement.) enden
    3) (to complete or settle (a business deal).) abschließen
    2. noun
    (a stop, end or finish: the close of day; towards the close of the nineteenth century.) das Ende
    - close down
    - close up
    * * *
    close1
    [kləʊs, AM kloʊs]
    I. adj usu pred
    1. (short distance) nah[e]
    let's go to the \closest pub lasst uns in das nächste Pub gehen!
    to be \close to sth in der Nähe einer S. gen liegen
    our guest-house was \close to the sea unsere Pension war nicht weit vom Meer entfernt
    \close combat Nahkampf m
    \close to the ground dicht über dem Boden
    in \close proximity in unmittelbarer Nähe
    at \close quarters aus der Nähe [betrachtet]
    at \close range aus kurzer Entfernung
    \close together nahe [o dicht] beieinander
    to be \close to exhaustion total erschöpft sein
    to be \close to perfection so gut wie perfekt sein
    to be \close to tears den Tränen nahe sein
    3. (near in time) nahe [bevorstehend]
    it's \close to Christmas Weihnachten steht vor der Tür
    war is \close ein Krieg steht unmittelbar bevor
    \close together nahe [o dicht] beieinander
    to be \close to sb jdm [sehr] nahestehen
    my brother and I have always been very \close mein Bruder und ich standen uns schon immer sehr nahe
    ... because of their \close links with terrorist groups... wegen ihrer engen Verbindung zu Terrorgruppen
    \close bond enges Band
    \close co-operation enge Zusammenarbeit
    just \close family nur die nächsten Verwandten
    \close friend enger Freund/enge Freundin
    \close friendship enge Freundschaft
    \close links eine enge Verbindung
    \close relatives nahe Verwandte
    5. (little space between) eng
    \close handwriting enge Schrift
    ten pages of \close print zehn eng bedruckte Seiten
    \close ranks geschlossene Reihen
    \close weave dichtes Gewebe
    6. ( fig: dense)
    \close argument stichhaltiges Argument
    \close reasoning geschlossene Argumentation
    7. (almost equal) knapp
    the race is going to be a \close contest das wird ein Kopf-an-Kopf-Rennen!
    the election was too \close to call der Ausgang der Wahl war völlig offen
    \close race Kopf-an-Kopf-Rennen nt
    8. (similar)
    to be the \closest equivalent to sth etw dat am nächsten kommen
    \close resemblance große Ähnlichkeit
    to bear a \close resemblance to sb/sth jdm/etw sehr ähnlich sehen/sein
    9. (exact) genau
    to pay \close attention to sb jdm gut zuhören
    to pay \close attention to sth genau auf etw akk achten
    to keep a \close eye on sth etw gut im Auge behalten
    10. (secret) verschwiegen
    she's very \close about her relationship was ihre Beziehung angeht, ist sie sehr verschwiegen
    \close secret großes Geheimnis
    11. (airless, stifling) schwül; (in room) stickig
    12. (mean) knauserig pej
    \close to [or on] ... nahezu..., fast...
    \close to midnight kurz vor Mitternacht
    14. LING
    \close vowel geschlossener Vokal
    15.
    to be \close to the bone der Wahrheit ziemlich nahekommen
    that was a \close call! das war knapp!
    that was too \close for comfort! das ging gerade nochmal gut!; (distance)
    she lives too \close for comfort sie wohnt näher als ihr lieb ist
    to hold [or keep] one's cards \close to one's chest sich dat nicht in die Karten sehen lassen
    that was a \close shave! das war knapp! fam
    to have had a \close shave gerade noch davongekommen sein
    II. adv (near in location) nahe; (near in time) nahe [bevorstehend]
    please come \closer kommen Sie doch näher!
    the election is getting \close die Wahlen stehen unmittelbar vor der Tür
    she came \close to getting that job fast hätte sie die Stelle bekommen
    to come \close to blows beinahe handgreiflich werden
    to be \close at hand person in Reichweite sein; event unmittelbar bevorstehen
    to come \close to tears den Tränen nahekommen
    to come \close to the truth der Wahrheit [ziemlich] nahekommen
    to get \close to sb/sth jdm/etw nahekommen
    to hold sb \close jdn fest an sich drücken
    on looking \closer bei genauerem Hinsehen
    \close by in der Nähe
    the little child stood \close by his mother das kleine Kind stand dicht bei seiner Mutter
    from \close up aus der Nähe
    \close together dicht beieinander
    please stand \closer together können Sie vielleicht noch ein bisschen aufrücken?
    these appointments are too \close together diese Termine liegen einfach zu dicht aufeinander
    to sail \close to the wind sich akk hart an der Grenze des Erlaubten bewegen
    III. vi
    1. (move nearer)
    to \close on sb/an animal sich akk jdm/einem Tier [bedrohlich] nähern
    2. STOCKEX (reach a price)
    shares \closed at 15 dollars die Aktien erreichten eine Schlussnotierung von 15 Dollar
    IV. n BRIT Hof m; (in street names) Straßenname für Sackgassen; (around cathedral) Domhof m; SCOT schmaler, meist offener Durchgang oder Hof
    close2
    [kləʊz, AM kloʊz]
    I. vt
    to \close sth etw schließen
    to \close a book ein Buch zumachen
    to \close a company/factory/shop einen Betrieb/eine Fabrik/einen Laden schließen
    to \close the curtains die Vorhänge zuziehen
    to \close the door/one's mouth/the window die Tür/seinen Mund/das Fenster zumachen
    to \close one's ears ( fig) sich akk taub stellen
    to \close one's eyes seine Augen zumachen [o schließen]
    to \close one's eyes to sth ( fig) die Augen vor etw dat verschließen
    to \close a plant/railway line ein Werk/eine Bahnstrecke stilllegen
    to \close ranks die Reihen schließen
    the party has \closed ranks on the issue die Partei nimmt dem Thema gegenüber eine geschlossene Stellung ein
    to \close a road eine Straße sperren; ECON, FIN
    to \close an account ein Konto auflösen
    2. (bring to an end)
    the matter is \closed der Fall ist abgeschlossen
    the performance was \closed with ‘Auld Lang Syne’ die Aufführung endete mit dem Lied ‚Auld Lang Syne‘
    to \close a bank account ein Konto auflösen
    to \close a case LAW einen Fall abschließen
    case \closed also LAW der Fall ist abgeschlossen
    to \close a deal einen Handel [ab]schließen
    to \close a discussion eine Diskussion beenden
    let's \close this discussion with a brief summary lassen Sie mich diese Diskussion mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung abschließen
    to \close a meeting eine Besprechung beenden
    to \close sth etw schließen
    to \close the gap between x and y die Kluft zwischen x und y überwinden
    4. ELEC
    to \close a circuit einen Stromkreis schließen
    to \close a file eine Datei zumachen [o schließen
    6.
    to \close the stable door after the horse has bolted den Brunnen erst zudecken, wenn das Kind hineingefallen ist prov
    II. vi
    1. (shut) wound sich schließen; door, window, lid zugehen; shop, bank schließen
    her eyes \closed in tiredness vor Müdigkeit fielen ihr die Augen zu
    this box doesn't \close properly diese Kiste geht nicht richtig zu
    2. (shut down) schließen; shop zumachen; factory also stilllegen
    3. (end) zu Ende gehen; meeting schließen; play abgesetzt werden; STOCKEX
    the pound \closed at $1.62 das Pfund schloss mit 1,62 Dollar
    4. (approach) sich akk nähern
    the tanks \closed to within 50 metres of the frontline die Panzer kamen bis auf 50 Meter an die Front heran
    III. n
    1. no pl (end) Ende nt, Schluss m
    to bring [or draw] sth to a \close etw beenden
    to come to a \close zu Ende gehen, enden
    to draw to a \close sich dem Ende zuneigen
    at the \close of business bei Geschäftsschluss
    at the \close of trading bei Börsenschluss
    2. STOCKEX Börsenschluss m
    by the \close bei Börsenschluss
    3. (in cricket)
    4. MUS Kadenz f
    * * *
    I [kləʊs]
    1. adj (+er)
    1) (= near) nahe (
    to +gen), in der Nähe ( to +gen, von) to +gen )

    at close quarters —

    he chose the closest cakeer nahm den Kuchen, der am nächsten lag

    we use this pub because it's close/the closest — wir gehen in dieses Lokal, weil es in der Nähe/am nächsten ist

    2) (in time) nahe (bevorstehend)

    nobody realized how close a nuclear war was — es war niemandem klar, wie nahe ein Atomkrieg bevorstand

    3) (fig) friend, co-operation, connection etc eng; relative nahe; resemblance groß, stark

    they were very close (to each other) — sie waren or standen sich or einander (geh) sehr nahe

    4) (= not spread out) handwriting, print eng; ranks dicht, geschlossen; (fig) argument lückenlos, stichhaltig; reasoning, game geschlossen
    5) (= exact, painstaking) examination, study eingehend, genau; translation originalgetreu; watch streng, scharf

    you have to pay very close attention to the traffic signs —

    to keep a close lookout for sb/sth — scharf nach jdm/etw Ausschau halten

    6) (= stuffy) schwül; (indoors) stickig
    7) (= almost equal) fight, result knapp

    a close electionein Kopf-an-Kopf-Rennen nt, eine Wahl mit knappem Ausgang

    the vote/election was too close to call — der Ausgang der Abstimmung/Wahl war völlig offen

    8)

    close on sixty/midnight — an die sechzig/kurz vor Mitternacht

    2. adv (+er)
    nahe; (spatially also) dicht

    close to the water/ground —

    the closer the exams came the more nervous he got —

    this pattern comes close/closest to the sort of thing we wanted — dieses Muster kommt dem, was wir uns vorgestellt haben, nahe/am nächsten

    if you get too close up... — wenn du zu nahe herangehst...

    3. n
    (in street names) Hof m; (of cathedral etc) Domhof m; (Scot = outside passage) offener Hausflur II [kləʊz]
    1. vt
    1) (= shut) schließen; eyes, door, shop, window, curtains also zumachen; (permanently) business, shop etc schließen; factory stilllegen; (= block) opening etc verschließen; road sperren

    "closed" — "geschlossen"

    sorry, we're closed — tut uns leid, wir haben geschlossen or zu

    to close one's eyes/ears to sth — sich einer Sache gegenüber blind/taub stellen

    to close the gap between... — die Diskrepanz zwischen... beseitigen

    2) (= bring to an end) church service, meeting schließen, beenden; affair, discussion also abschließen; bank account etc auflösen; sale abschließen
    3) (ELEC) circuit schließen
    2. vi
    1) (= shut, come together) sich schließen; (door, window, box, lid, eyes, wound also) zugehen; (= can be shut) schließen, zugehen; (shop, factory) schließen, zumachen; (factory permanently) stillgelegt werden

    his eyes closed — die Augen fielen ihm zu; (in death) seine Augen schlossen sich

    2) (= come to an end) schließen; (tourist season) aufhören, enden, zu Ende gehen; (THEAT, play) auslaufen
    3) (= approach) sich nähern, näher kommen; (boxers etc) aufeinander losgehen
    4) (COMM: accept offer) abschließen, zu einem Abschluss kommen

    the shares closed at £5 — die Aktien erreichten eine Schlussnotierung von £ 5

    3. n
    Ende nt, Schluss m

    to come to a close — enden, aufhören, zu Ende gehen

    to draw to a close — sich dem Ende nähern, dem Ende zugehen

    to draw or bring sth to a close —

    at/towards (Brit) or toward (US) the close of (the) day — am/gegen Ende des Tages

    * * *
    A adj [kləʊs] (adv closely)
    1. ver-, geschlossen, (nur präd) zu
    2. obs von Mauern etc umgeben
    3. zurückgezogen, abgeschieden
    4. verborgen, geheim
    5. dumpf, schwül, stickig, drückend
    6. fig verschlossen, verschwiegen, zurückhaltend
    7. geizig, knaus(e)rig
    8. knapp, beschränkt:
    money is close das Geld ist knapp
    9. nicht zugänglich, nicht öffentlich, geschlossen
    10. dicht, fest (Gewebe etc)
    11. eng, (dicht) gedrängt:
    close handwriting enge Schrift
    12. knapp, kurz, bündig (Stil etc)
    13. kurz (Haar)
    14. eng (anliegend) (Kleid etc)
    15. (wort)getreu, genau (Übersetzung)
    16. stark (Ähnlichkeit)
    17. nah, dicht:
    close combat MIL Nahkampf m;
    close fight Handgemenge n, weitS. zähes Ringen, harter Kampf;
    close together dicht beieinander;
    a) nahe oder dicht bei,
    b) (zeitlich) dicht vor (dat), nahe (dat),
    c) fig (jemandem) nahestehend, vertraut mit,
    d) fig eng verwandt oder verbunden mit;
    this subject is very close to me dieses Thema liegt mir sehr am Herzen;
    close to tears den Tränen nahe;
    a speed close to that of sound eine Geschwindigkeit, die dicht an die Schallgrenze herankommt; bone1 A 1, proximity, range A 5
    18. eng (Freunde):
    he was a close friend of mine, we were close friends wir waren eng befreundet
    19. nah (Verwandte)
    20. fig knapp:
    21. fig scharf, hart, knapp:
    close victory knapper Sieg;
    close election knapper Wahlausgang;
    close finish scharfer Endkampf
    22. gespannt (Aufmerksamkeit)
    23. gründlich, eingehend, scharf, genau:
    close investigation gründliche oder eingehende Untersuchung;
    close observer scharfer Beobachter;
    close questioning strenges Verhör; inspection 1
    24. streng, scharf:
    close arrest strenge Haft;
    close prisoner streng bewachter Gefangener;
    in close custody unter scharfer Bewachung;
    keep a close watch on scharf im Auge behalten (akk)
    25. streng, logisch, lückenlos (Beweisführung etc)
    26. LING geschlossen (Laut etc): punctuation 1
    27. MUS eng:
    close harmony enger Satz
    B adv [kləʊs] eng, nahe, dicht:
    a) nahe oder dicht dabei, ganz in der Nähe,
    b) nahe oder dicht bei, neben (dat);
    close at hand nahe bevorstehend;
    close on two hundred fast oder annähernd zweihundert;
    fly close to the ground dicht am Boden fliegen;
    come close to fig dicht herankommen oder -reichen an (akk), fast … sein;
    cut close ganz kurz schneiden;
    keep close in der Nähe bleiben;
    lie ( oder keep) close sich verborgen halten;
    press sb close jemanden hart bedrängen;
    run sb close jemandem dicht auf den Fersen sein;
    if you look closer wenn du näher oder genauer hinsiehst; wind1 A 1
    C s [kləʊz]
    1. (Ab)Schluss m, Ende n:
    bring to a close eine Versammlung etc beenden;
    come ( oder draw) to a close zu Ende gehen
    2. Schlusswort n
    3. Briefschluss m
    4. MUS Kadenz f, Schluss(fall) m
    5. Handgemenge n, Kampf m
    6. [kləʊs] Br
    a) Einfriedung f, Hof m (einer Kirche, Schule etc)
    b) Gehege n
    c) JUR (eingefriedetes) Grundstück: breach Bes Redew
    7. [kləʊs] Br (kurze, umbaute) Sackgasse
    8. [kləʊs] schott Hausdurchgang m zum Hof
    D v/t [kləʊz]
    1. (ab-, ver-, zu)schließen, zumachen, COMPUT eine Datei etc schließen: closed, door Bes Redew, eye A 1, gap 6, heart Bes Redew, mind A 2, rank1 A 7
    2. ein Loch etc verstopfen
    3. a) einen Betrieb, die Schule etc schließen
    b) they had their ground closed for two games SPORT sie bekamen eine Platzsperre für zwei Spiele
    4. ein Gelände, eine Straße (ab)sperren:
    close a road to traffic eine Straße für den Verkehr sperren
    5. die Hand schließen, die Faust ballen
    6. die Sicht versperren
    7. ELEK den Stromkreis schließen
    8. fig beenden, be-, abschließen:
    close a case einen Fall abschließen;
    close the court JUR die Verhandlung schließen;
    close an issue eine (strittige) Sache erledigen;
    close a procession einen Zug beschließen;
    close one’s days seine Tage beschließen (sterben);
    the subject was closed das Thema war beendet
    9. WIRTSCH
    a) ein Konto auflösen
    b) eine Rechnung abschließen: book A 9
    10. einen Handel, ein Geschäft abschließen
    11. einen Abstand verringern
    12. SCHIFF näher herangehen an (akk):
    close the wind an den Wind gehen
    13. WIRTSCH US close out A 2
    E v/i [kləʊz]
    1. allg sich schließen (auch Lücke, Wunde etc)
    2. geschlossen werden
    3. schließen, zumachen:
    the shop closes at 5 o’clock
    4. enden, aufhören, zu Ende gehen
    5. schließen ( with the words mit den Worten)
    6. Börse: abschließen (at mit)
    7. heranrücken, sich nähern:
    close (a)round ( oder about) sb jemanden einschließen, jemanden umzingeln
    8. close with sb mit jemandem (handels)einig werden, sich mit jemandem einigen ( beide:
    on über akk)
    9. close with sb mit jemandem handgemein werden oder aneinandergeraten
    10. sich verringern (Abstand, Strecke)
    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (near in space) dicht; nahe

    be close to somethingnahe bei od. an etwas (Dat.) sein

    I wish we lived closer to your parents — ich wünschte, wir würden näher bei deinen Eltern wohnen

    be close to tears/breaking point — den Tränen/einem Zusammenbruch nahe sein

    at close quarters, the building looked less impressive — aus der Nähe betrachtet, wirkte das Gebäude weniger imposant

    2) (near in time) nahe (to an + Dat.)
    3) eng [Freund, Freundschaft, Beziehung, Zusammenarbeit, Verbindung]; nahe [Verwandte, Bekanntschaft]

    be/become close to somebody — jemandem nahe stehen/nahekommen

    4) (rigorous, painstaking) eingehend, genau [Untersuchung, Prüfung, Befragung usw.]
    5) (stifling) stickig [Luft, Raum]; drückend, schwül [Wetter]
    6) (nearly equal) hart [[Wett]kampf, Spiel]; knapp [Ergebnis]

    that was a close call or shave or thing — (coll.) das war knapp!

    7) (nearly matching) wortgetreu [Übersetzung]; getreu, genau [Imitation, Kopie]; groß [Ähnlichkeit]

    be the closest equivalent to somethingeiner Sache (Dat.) am ehesten entsprechen

    8) eng [Schrift]
    2. adverb
    1) (near) nah[e]

    close on 2 o'clock — kurz vor 2 [Uhr]

    close to somebody/something — nahe bei jemandem/etwas

    it brought them closer together(fig.) es brachte sie einander näher

    be/come close to tears — den Tränen nahe sein

    2) fest [schließen]; genau [hinsehen]
    3. transitive verb
    1) (shut) schließen, (ugs.) zumachen [Augen, Tür, Fenster, Geschäft]; zuziehen [Vorhang]; (declare shut) schließen [Laden, Geschäft, Fabrik, Betrieb, Werk, Zeche]; stilllegen [Betrieb, Werk, Zeche, Bahnlinie]; sperren [Straße, Brücke]
    2) (conclude) schließen, beenden [Besprechung, Rede, Diskussion]; schließen [Versammlung, Sitzung]
    3) (make smaller) schließen (auch fig.) [Lücke]
    4. intransitive verb
    1) (shut) sich schließen; [Tür:] zugehen (ugs.), sich schließen

    the door/lid doesn't close properly — die Tür/der Deckel schließt nicht richtig

    2) [Laden, Geschäft, Fabrik:] schließen, (ugs.) zumachen; (permanently) [Betrieb, Werk, Zeche:] geschlossen od. stillgelegt werden; [Geschäft:] geschlossen werden, (ugs.) zumachen
    3) (come to an end) zu Ende gehen; enden; (finish speaking) schließen
    5. noun
    1) no pl. Ende, das; Schluss, der

    come or draw to a close — zu Ende gehen

    bring or draw something to a close — einer Sache (Dat.) ein Ende bereiten; etwas zu Ende bringen

    2) (cul-de-sac) Sackgasse, die
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    v.
    abschließen v.
    schließen v.
    (§ p.,pp.: schloß, geschlossen)
    zumachen v.

    English-german dictionary > close

  • 10 cerca

    adv.
    near, close.
    ¿está o queda cerca? is it near o nearby?
    cerca de near, close to; (en el espacio) nearly, about (aproximadamente)
    de cerca closely; (examinar, mirar) deeply; (afectar) first-hand (vivir)
    ver algo/a alguien de cerca to see something/somebody close up
    si no costó dos millones, andará cerca it can't have cost much less than two million
    f.
    1 fence (valla).
    2 picket fence.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: cercar.
    * * *
    1 (lugar y tiempo) near, close
    \
    cerca de (cercano a) near, close 2 (aproximadamente) nearly, about, around
    cerca de la estación near the station, close to the station
    de cerca closely
    ————————
    1 (vallado) fence, wall
    * * *
    1. adv.
    close, near, nearby
    2. noun f.
    2) wall
    * * *
    I
    SF (=valla) [de madera, alambre] fence; [de piedra, ladrillo] wall

    cerca eléctrica — electrified fence, electric fence

    II
    1. ADV
    1) [indicando proximidad] [de aquí o allí] near, nearby; [entre objetos, personas] close

    está aquí cercait's very o just near here

    ¿está cerca la estación? — is the station near here o nearby?

    las casas están tan cerca que se pueden oír las conversaciones de los vecinos — the houses are so close (to each other) that you can hear what the neighbours are saying

    las vacaciones están ya cerca — the holidays are nearly here, the holidays are not far off now

    cerca de — near (to), close to

    2)

    de cerca —

    a) (=a poca distancia) [ver] close up; [seguir, observar, vigilar] closely

    no veo bien de cerca — I can't see things close up, I'm long-sighted

    visto de cerca, parece mayor — when you see him close up o at close quarters, he seems older

    el coche iba a gran velocidad, seguido de cerca por su escolta — the car was travelling at a high speed, followed closely by its escort

    b) (=en persona) in person

    no conoce de cerca los problemas de la poblaciónhe does not have first-hand o personal knowledge of the people's problems

    3)

    cerca de(=casi) nearly

    cerca de 2.500 personas — nearly 2,500 people

    estar cerca de hacer algo — to come close to doing sth

    estuvimos tan cerca de conseguir la victoria... — we were so close to obtaining victory...

    4) esp Cono Sur

    cerca nuestro/mío — near us/me

    2. SM
    1) (=aspecto)
    2) pl cercas (Arte) foreground sing
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( en el espacio) near, close

    ¿hay algún banco cerca? — is there a bank nearby o close by?

    cerca de algo/alguien — near something/somebody

    viven cerca de Tampico/de casa — they live near Tampico/near us

    b)

    de cerca — close up, close to

    2) ( en el tiempo) close

    cerca de algo/+ inf — close to something/-ing

    cerca de — almost, nearly

    cerca de 1.000 — almost o nearly 1,000

    II
    femenino (de alambre, madera) fence; ( de piedra) wall
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( en el espacio) near, close

    ¿hay algún banco cerca? — is there a bank nearby o close by?

    cerca de algo/alguien — near something/somebody

    viven cerca de Tampico/de casa — they live near Tampico/near us

    b)

    de cerca — close up, close to

    2) ( en el tiempo) close

    cerca de algo/+ inf — close to something/-ing

    cerca de — almost, nearly

    cerca de 1.000 — almost o nearly 1,000

    II
    femenino (de alambre, madera) fence; ( de piedra) wall
    * * *
    cerca1
    1 = picket fence, fence.

    Ex: The barrier between religion & government in the US is described as a picket fence between accommodationists & separationists.

    Ex: I asked why Mr McGregor had a fence around the garden and whether or not Peter needed to go there for food.
    * cerca de alambre = wire fence.
    * cerca de alambre de púas = barbed-wire fence.
    * cerca de tela metálica = wire fence.
    * peldaños para saltar una cerca = stile.

    cerca2
    = near, nearby [near-by], near at hand, close at hand, handy, nigh, within walking distance, in the vicinity, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.

    Ex: You can restrict the neighborhood even more by using NEAR, which searches for two (or more) terms, in any order, in the same sentence.

    Ex: An earlier leakage had prompted library staff to make arrangements with a nearby firm of book conservation specialists in the event of a further disaster.
    Ex: The firm does not have to be near at hand, but there must be plenty of cooperation and consultation as to selection of stock.
    Ex: Material needed daily should be stored close at hand.
    Ex: The desire soon dies away and the book is forgotten if copies are not handy = El deseo pronto muere y el libro se olvida si no hay ejemplares a mano.
    Ex: The article 'The end is nigh' predicts that the information technology crisis is likely to be worse than predicted because of the need to organize replacement of systems affected by the millennium problem = El artículo "El fin esta cerca' predice que la crisis de la tecnología de la información es probable que sea pero de lo previsto debido a la necesidad de organizar la sustitución de los sistemas afectados por el problema del milenio.
    Ex: The pilot phase focused on the students at schools within walking distance of the Central Library.
    Ex: In general while on desk duty the librarian must be aware of what is happening in the vicinity and notice who is coming and going.
    Ex: For those who wish to make their own arrangements for accommodation, there are many hotels within easy walking distance.
    Ex: A great neighborhood has stores and shops that satisfy everyday needs within an easy walk from home.
    * al examinar Algo de cerca = on closer examination, on closer inspection.
    * cerca de = close to, near [nearer -comp., nearest -sup.], in the vicinity of, in close proximity to, around, a heartbeat away from, in sight of, in the proximity of.
    * cerca de + Fecha/Número = circa + Fecha/Número [ca o c, -abrev.].
    * cerca + Posesivo = at + Posesivo + elbow.
    * cerca uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * conducir demasiado cerca de otro = tailgate.
    * controlado de cerca = closely monitored.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * demasiado cerca = too close for comfort.
    * estar cerca = be at hand, be around.
    * estar cerca de = be close to.
    * estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * mirada de cerca = close look.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * muy cerca = close-by.
    * muy de cerca = not far behind.
    * peligrosamente cerca = too close for comfort.
    * seguido de cerca = closely followed, closely monitored.
    * seguir de cerca = monitor, stay in + control, keep + track of.
    * ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.
    * vigilado de cerca = under close guard.
    * vigilar Algo muy de cerca = keep + a watchful eye.
    * visión de cerca = ringside view, ringside seat.
    * vivir cerca = live + locally.

    * * *
    A
    1 (en el espacio) near, close
    su casa queda or está muy cerca her house is very near o very close
    ¿hay algún banco cerca? is there a bank nearby o close by?
    vamos a pie, queda aquí cerquita let's walk, it's very near (here) o it's very close
    queda cerquísima it's only just around the corner ( o just down the road etc)
    una de estas tiendas que hay aquí cerca one of these shops just up the road o around the corner o near here
    cerca DE algo/algn:
    viven cerca de casa/de Tampico they live near us/near Tampico
    siéntate cerca de mí or ( crit) cerca mío sit near me
    me siento muy cerca de ti I feel very close to you
    2
    de cerca close up, close to
    me acerqué para verlo de cerca I went nearer so I could see it close up o close to
    no veo bien de cerca I'm longsighted
    seguir algo de cerca to follow sth closely
    los exámenes ya están cerca the exams aren't far away now, the exams are getting quite close now
    cerca DE algo:
    estamos ya cerca de la Navidad Christmas is not far away
    cuando estemos más cerca de la fecha te lo diré I'll tell you closer to o nearer the day
    estás tan cerca de lograrlo you're so close o near to achieving it
    C
    (indicando aproximación): cerca de almost, nearly, close on
    vendieron cerca de 1.000 cabezas de ganado they sold almost o nearly o close on 1,000 head of cattle
    (de alambre, madera) fence; (de piedra) wall
    * * *

     

    Del verbo cercar: ( conjugate cercar)

    cerca es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    cerca    
    cercar
    cerca adverbio

    cerca de algo/algn near sth/sb;
    ¿hay algún banco cerca? is there a bank nearby o close by?;

    está por aquí cerca it's near here (somewhere);
    mirar algo/a algn de cerca to look at sth/sb close up o close to;
    seguir algo de cerca to follow sth closely


    estás tan cerca de lograrlo you're so close to achieving it;
    serán cerca de las dos it must be nearly 2 o'clock


    ■ sustantivo femenino (de alambre, madera) fence;
    ( de piedra) wall
    cercar ( conjugate cercar) verbo transitivo
    a)campo/terreno to enclose, surround;

    ( con valla) to fence in

    c) (Mil) ‹ ciudad to besiege;

    enemigo to surround
    cerca 1 adverbio
    1 (a poca distancia) near, close: el colegio está cerca de la biblioteca, the school is near the library
    estábamos ya muy cerca, cuando..., we were almost there when...
    ponte más cerca de ella, get closer to her
    de cerca, closely: lo examiné de cerca, I examined it close up
    2 (próximo en el tiempo) soon: ya están cerca las vacaciones, the holidays are coming up soon
    ♦ Locuciones: cerca de, (casi, aproximadamente) nearly, around
    cerca de mil personas, about one thousand people
    les esperamos cerca de una hora, we waited for them for about an hour (a punto de) estuve cerca de conseguirlo, I very nearly succeeded
    cerca 2 sustantivo femenino fence, wall
    cercar verbo transitivo
    1 (con una valla) to fence, enclose
    2 (al enemigo) to surround
    ' cerca' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    borde
    - caer
    - encima
    - excavar
    - filo
    - junta
    - junto
    - mayoría
    - ponerse
    - seto
    - tarde
    - topless
    - valla
    - casi
    - encontrar
    - luego
    - portón
    - tapia
    - tocar
    - vecino
    - ventaja
    - ver
    - verja
    English:
    alongside
    - apprehend
    - around
    - avoid
    - by
    - chart
    - circa
    - close
    - closely
    - come up to
    - convenient
    - cricket
    - do
    - early
    - fence
    - go by
    - gunshot
    - hand
    - handy
    - hotly
    - inhibited
    - near
    - nearby
    - on
    - pass by
    - proximity
    - quarter
    - round
    - shadow
    - spitting distance
    - tail
    - thereabout
    - thereabouts
    - village
    - yacht
    - zoom in
    - anywhere
    - ear
    - examination
    - fencing
    - florist
    - follow
    - late
    - lie
    - point
    - range
    - run
    - set
    - somewhere
    - stile
    * * *
    nf
    [valla] fence; [muro] wall cerca eléctrica electric fence;
    cerca viva hedge
    adv
    1. [en el espacio] near, close;
    ¿está o [m5] queda cerca? is it near o nearby?;
    no me hace falta un taxi porque voy cerca I don't need a taxi, because I'm not going far;
    cerca de near, close to;
    la tienda está cerca del metro the shop's near the Br underground o US subway;
    está cerca de mí it's near me;
    estuvo cerca de ganar el premio she came close to winning the prize;
    de cerca [examinar, mirar] closely;
    [afectar] deeply; [vivir] first-hand;
    vivió de cerca el problema de las drogas she had first-hand experience of drug addiction;
    no ve bien de cerca he's long-sighted;
    ver algo/a alguien de cerca to see sth/sb close up;
    2. [en el tiempo]
    el verano ya está cerca summer is nearly here, summer isn't far away;
    cerca del principio close to o near the beginning;
    son cerca de las ocho it's about eight (o'clock);
    los hechos ocurrieron cerca de las seis de la tarde the events in question took place at around six o'clock in the evening;
    estamos cerca del final del festival we are nearing o approaching the end of the festival
    3. [indica aproximación]
    cerca de nearly, about;
    acudieron cerca de mil manifestantes there were nearly o about a thousand demonstrators there;
    si no costó 2 millones, andará cerca it can't have cost much less than 2 million
    * * *
    1 f fence
    2 adv
    1 near, close;
    de cerca close up;
    seguir de cerca follow closely;
    vivo muy cerca, me coge muy cerca I live very close by;
    cerca de near, close to
    2 ( casi) nearly
    * * *
    cerca adv
    1) : close, near, nearby
    2)
    cerca de : nearly, almost
    cerca nf
    1) : fence
    2) : (stone) wall
    * * *
    cerca1 adv near / close
    ¿vives cerca de aquí? do you live near here?
    cerca2 n fence

    Spanish-English dictionary > cerca

  • 11 उपान्त


    upâ̱ntá
    mfn. near to the end, last but one;

    (am) n. proximity to the end orᅠ edge orᅠ margin;
    border, edge TS. VI Ragh. Pañcat. Kir. etc.. ;
    the last place but one VarBṛS. ;
    immediate orᅠ close proximity, nearness Kathās. Rājat. Megh. etc.;
    (e) ind. in the proximity of, near to;
    (am, āt) ind. (ifc.) near to, towards;
    the last letter but one L. ;
    the corner of the eye W. ;
    - उपान्तभाग
    - उपान्तसर्पिन्

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > उपान्त

  • 12 סמךְ

    סָמַךְ(b. h.) (to close, join, 1) to pack, make close, stamp. Shebi. III, 8 לא יִסְמוֹךְ בעפר one should not support the dam by packing earth upon it, v. סָבַךְ. Gen. R. s. 5 סְמָבָןוכ׳ he crowded them between (Lev. R. s. 10 שָׂמָן); a. e. 2) to support, stem. Midr. Till. to Ps. 136, עוג היה … וסוֹמְכוֹ Og broke a mountain loòse and threw it on the Israelites …, Moses took a pebble and mentioned the Holy Name over it and stemmed its fall; הידים שכך סוֹמְכוֹת the hands which thus stem (the mountain); Deut. R. s. 1, end; a. e. 3) to bring close, to join. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot. אפי׳ לִסְמוֹךְ לו even to place a vessel close to it (to be warmed); Bab. ib. 38b. Y.Kil.II, 27d סוֹמְכִין עומריןוכ׳ you may put packed sheaves by the side of Kil. II, 7 לסמוך לווכ׳ to plant closely adjoining to it Ib. 8; a. fr.Esp. (sub. יד) a) to press hands on the head of a sacrifice (to indicate ownership). Men.IX, 8 הכל סוֹמְכִיןוכ׳ all persons are entitled to lay hands on their sacrifices, except Ḥag.II, 2 שלא לסמוך that the laying on of hands must not be done on the Holy Days. Ib. 3 ואין סומכין עליהם but hands must not be laid on them; a. fr.b) to lay hands on the head of a scholar, in gen. to ordain. Snh.14a the government decreed שכל הסומך יהרגוכ׳ that whosoever ordained a scholar should be put to death, and whosoever be ordained should be put to death, ועיר שסומכיןוכ׳ and the town wherein the ordination takes place Ib. וס׳ שם חמשהוכ׳ and he ordained there five elders. Ib. ר״מ לא סְמָכוֹר״ע that R. Akiba never ordained R. M.Ib. סומכין בארץ ונִסְמָכִיןוכ׳ if those ordaining stand on Palestinean ground, and those to be ordained outside of Palestine; a. fr. 4) to lean, to rely. Ber.9a, a. fr., v. כְּדָיי. Erub.65b נִסְמוֹךְ עלוכ׳ let us rely on the opinion of ; a. fr.Trnsf. a) to support; to find support for an opinion or a rule, (v. אַסְמַכְתָּא). Y.Shebi.X, 39c bot. (ref. to Deut. 15:3) מיכן סָמְכוּ לפרוזבולוכ׳ here they found a support for the prosbol as a Biblical institution, expl. בשהתקין הלל סְמָכוּהוּוכ׳ when Hillel had instituted it, they supported it by reference to b) (with ענין) to bring under the same rule laws which are joined in the Biblical text. Yeb.4a (ref. to Ex. 22:17 a. 18) סמכו עניין לווכ׳ they brought the subject (verse 17) close to it (verse 18) (to intimate) as the punishment for the one is stoning, so is it for the other. Ib. וכי מפני שסמכווכ׳ can we put a person to death on an intimation suggested merely by the neighborhood of two subjects? (v. סְמוּכִים, infra).Part. pass. סָמוּךְ; f. סְמוּכָה; pl. סְמוּכִים, סְמוּכִין; סְמוּכוֹת a) near, close by. Meg.3b וכל הס׳ לו and all (the inhabited area) adjoining it. Men.98a, a. e. על בס׳ the preposition ʿal means immediately on. Sifré Num. 131 הרבה פרשיות ס׳וכ׳ many sections (in the Torah) adjoin one another, and yet are (mentally) as far from one another Sabb.I, 2 ס׳ למנחה near Minḥah time; a. v. fr.Esp. סְמוּכִין, סְמוּכִים the interpretation founded on the fact of local junction of texts (v. supra). Yeb. l. c. ס׳ מן התורה מנין where is it intimated that Biblical texts are to be interpreted on the basis of proximity? Answ. (ref. to Ps. 111:8): they are arranged Ib. מאן דלא דריש ס׳ he who does not adopt the interpretation based on textual proximity. Ber.10a; a. fr.b) strong, hardened. Num. R. s. 9 לבה ס׳ עליהם her heart is hardened towards them (and their presence will prevent her from confessing her guilt); cmp. גּוּס I. Nif. נִסְמַךְ 1) to be adjoined. Ber. l. c. למה נִסְמְכָהוכ׳ why has the section referring to Absalom (Ps. 3) been joined to that relating to Gog and Magog (Ps. 2)? Tanḥ. Ḥuck. 20 ונ׳ להרוכ׳ and is close to the mountain opposite. M. Kat. 28a; a. fr. 2) to be ordained. Snh. l. c., v. supra. Yoma 87a שראויין לִיסָּמֵךְ who are worthy to be ordained; a. fr. Pi. סִימֵּךְ to support, prop. Y.Maasr.II, 50a top המְסַמֵּךְ בגפנים he who props vines. Yalk. Ex. 244 עוזר ומסמך אתהוכ׳ thou art a helper and supporter to all ; a. e.Part. pass. מְסוּמָּךְ, pl. מְסוּמָּכִין. Kel. II, 2 יושבין שלא מ׳ (vessels or fragments of vessels) resting without the need of a support. Hif. הִסְמִיךְ to pack, tread. Y. Maasr. l. c. ברגליו מַסְמִיךְ working with his feet is he who packs (sheaves ; Y.B. Mets.VII, beg.11b מקמץ). Hithpa. הִסְתַּמֵּךְ, Nithpa. נִסְתַּמֵּךְ to lean ones self. Gen. R. s. 45, end היתה מִסְתַּמֶּכֶת עלוכ׳ was leaning on her hand-maid. Sifré Num. 131 והיה מִסְתַּמֵּךְוכ׳ and he went off leaning on his stick; a. e.

    Jewish literature > סמךְ

  • 13 סָמַךְ

    סָמַךְ(b. h.) (to close, join, 1) to pack, make close, stamp. Shebi. III, 8 לא יִסְמוֹךְ בעפר one should not support the dam by packing earth upon it, v. סָבַךְ. Gen. R. s. 5 סְמָבָןוכ׳ he crowded them between (Lev. R. s. 10 שָׂמָן); a. e. 2) to support, stem. Midr. Till. to Ps. 136, עוג היה … וסוֹמְכוֹ Og broke a mountain loòse and threw it on the Israelites …, Moses took a pebble and mentioned the Holy Name over it and stemmed its fall; הידים שכך סוֹמְכוֹת the hands which thus stem (the mountain); Deut. R. s. 1, end; a. e. 3) to bring close, to join. Y.Sabb.III, 5d bot. אפי׳ לִסְמוֹךְ לו even to place a vessel close to it (to be warmed); Bab. ib. 38b. Y.Kil.II, 27d סוֹמְכִין עומריןוכ׳ you may put packed sheaves by the side of Kil. II, 7 לסמוך לווכ׳ to plant closely adjoining to it Ib. 8; a. fr.Esp. (sub. יד) a) to press hands on the head of a sacrifice (to indicate ownership). Men.IX, 8 הכל סוֹמְכִיןוכ׳ all persons are entitled to lay hands on their sacrifices, except Ḥag.II, 2 שלא לסמוך that the laying on of hands must not be done on the Holy Days. Ib. 3 ואין סומכין עליהם but hands must not be laid on them; a. fr.b) to lay hands on the head of a scholar, in gen. to ordain. Snh.14a the government decreed שכל הסומך יהרגוכ׳ that whosoever ordained a scholar should be put to death, and whosoever be ordained should be put to death, ועיר שסומכיןוכ׳ and the town wherein the ordination takes place Ib. וס׳ שם חמשהוכ׳ and he ordained there five elders. Ib. ר״מ לא סְמָכוֹר״ע that R. Akiba never ordained R. M.Ib. סומכין בארץ ונִסְמָכִיןוכ׳ if those ordaining stand on Palestinean ground, and those to be ordained outside of Palestine; a. fr. 4) to lean, to rely. Ber.9a, a. fr., v. כְּדָיי. Erub.65b נִסְמוֹךְ עלוכ׳ let us rely on the opinion of ; a. fr.Trnsf. a) to support; to find support for an opinion or a rule, (v. אַסְמַכְתָּא). Y.Shebi.X, 39c bot. (ref. to Deut. 15:3) מיכן סָמְכוּ לפרוזבולוכ׳ here they found a support for the prosbol as a Biblical institution, expl. בשהתקין הלל סְמָכוּהוּוכ׳ when Hillel had instituted it, they supported it by reference to b) (with ענין) to bring under the same rule laws which are joined in the Biblical text. Yeb.4a (ref. to Ex. 22:17 a. 18) סמכו עניין לווכ׳ they brought the subject (verse 17) close to it (verse 18) (to intimate) as the punishment for the one is stoning, so is it for the other. Ib. וכי מפני שסמכווכ׳ can we put a person to death on an intimation suggested merely by the neighborhood of two subjects? (v. סְמוּכִים, infra).Part. pass. סָמוּךְ; f. סְמוּכָה; pl. סְמוּכִים, סְמוּכִין; סְמוּכוֹת a) near, close by. Meg.3b וכל הס׳ לו and all (the inhabited area) adjoining it. Men.98a, a. e. על בס׳ the preposition ʿal means immediately on. Sifré Num. 131 הרבה פרשיות ס׳וכ׳ many sections (in the Torah) adjoin one another, and yet are (mentally) as far from one another Sabb.I, 2 ס׳ למנחה near Minḥah time; a. v. fr.Esp. סְמוּכִין, סְמוּכִים the interpretation founded on the fact of local junction of texts (v. supra). Yeb. l. c. ס׳ מן התורה מנין where is it intimated that Biblical texts are to be interpreted on the basis of proximity? Answ. (ref. to Ps. 111:8): they are arranged Ib. מאן דלא דריש ס׳ he who does not adopt the interpretation based on textual proximity. Ber.10a; a. fr.b) strong, hardened. Num. R. s. 9 לבה ס׳ עליהם her heart is hardened towards them (and their presence will prevent her from confessing her guilt); cmp. גּוּס I. Nif. נִסְמַךְ 1) to be adjoined. Ber. l. c. למה נִסְמְכָהוכ׳ why has the section referring to Absalom (Ps. 3) been joined to that relating to Gog and Magog (Ps. 2)? Tanḥ. Ḥuck. 20 ונ׳ להרוכ׳ and is close to the mountain opposite. M. Kat. 28a; a. fr. 2) to be ordained. Snh. l. c., v. supra. Yoma 87a שראויין לִיסָּמֵךְ who are worthy to be ordained; a. fr. Pi. סִימֵּךְ to support, prop. Y.Maasr.II, 50a top המְסַמֵּךְ בגפנים he who props vines. Yalk. Ex. 244 עוזר ומסמך אתהוכ׳ thou art a helper and supporter to all ; a. e.Part. pass. מְסוּמָּךְ, pl. מְסוּמָּכִין. Kel. II, 2 יושבין שלא מ׳ (vessels or fragments of vessels) resting without the need of a support. Hif. הִסְמִיךְ to pack, tread. Y. Maasr. l. c. ברגליו מַסְמִיךְ working with his feet is he who packs (sheaves ; Y.B. Mets.VII, beg.11b מקמץ). Hithpa. הִסְתַּמֵּךְ, Nithpa. נִסְתַּמֵּךְ to lean ones self. Gen. R. s. 45, end היתה מִסְתַּמֶּכֶת עלוכ׳ was leaning on her hand-maid. Sifré Num. 131 והיה מִסְתַּמֵּךְוכ׳ and he went off leaning on his stick; a. e.

    Jewish literature > סָמַךְ

  • 14 πρός

    πρός, Prep., expressing direction,
    A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:
    I of Place, from,

    ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29

    ;

    τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037

    (v.l.).
    2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430;

    εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154

    ;

    ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120

    ;

    ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62

    , etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110;

    οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101

    ; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84;

    π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21

    ;

    π. Νεμέας Id.5.59

    ; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc.,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122

    ;

    τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121

    , cf. 4.17.
    3 before, in presence of,

    μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339

    ;

    οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188

    ; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,
    b in the eyes of,

    ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71

    , cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.);

    ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286

    .
    4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of,

    σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67

    ;

    π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839

    (lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760;

    π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130

    : less freq. with other words,

    π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39

    ;

    π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14

    ;

    μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208

    ;

    μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515

    (lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15;

    π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45

    ;

    ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a

    , cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case,

    π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468

    ;

    μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324

    .
    5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99;

    Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17

    , cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d;

    ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25

    ;

    οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23

    ; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305;

    ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125

    .
    II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:
    1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc.,

    ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85

    , cf. 1.160, etc.;

    τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302

    ;

    δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90

    ;

    ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7

    ;

    φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59

    ;

    τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550

    , cf. S.Aj. 527;

    λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45

    ;

    κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139

    , etc.;

    μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13

    : with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57

    ; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79;

    ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429

    ;

    οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47

    ; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also

    λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120

    ; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73;

    π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269

    , cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949;

    τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209

    ;

    αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111

    ;

    ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650

    : with an Adj. or Subst.,

    τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162

    ;

    ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139

    ;

    ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919

    ;

    ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297

    ;

    πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562

    ;

    π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514

    ; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.);

    ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144

    : with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.
    2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.
    III of dependence or close connexion: hence,
    1 dependent on one, under one's protection,

    π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207

    ,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.
    2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.;

    π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57

    .
    IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like,

    τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153

    , cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636;

    οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581

    , cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.;

    π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585

    , etc.;

    οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11

    , etc.: of qualities, etc.,

    π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704

    ; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211;

    οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59

    ; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;

    εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω

    correctly,

    Id.R. 470c

    ; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12;

    τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14

    ([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13;

    π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7

    ; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.
    B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at,

    ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190

    , 11.423;

    ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408

    ; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί)

    ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86

    ; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24;

    δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15

    ;

    νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210

    ;

    π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371

    ;

    π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95

    ;

    π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180

    (lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855;

    π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808

    ;

    π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34

    ; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ')

    αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79

    ;

    τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105

    ;

    αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1

    ; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.;

    τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13

    , cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.
    2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22;

    ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18

    ;

    π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28

    .
    3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against,

    ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245

    , Od.2.80;

    με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415

    , cf. 7.279, 9.284;

    νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298

    , cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420;

    ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35

    .
    4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418;

    προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507

    ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329

    ;

    προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111

    ; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;

    π. τινί

    close to,

    Men. Epit. 204

    .
    II to express close engagement, at the point of,

    π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169

    ; engaged in or about,

    π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c

    , cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d;

    ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176

    ;

    ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22

    ; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but

    π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6

    );

    ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127

    ;

    π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74

    ; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.);

    ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7

    , cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22;

    ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2

    , cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).
    III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;

    π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα

    in addition to,

    A.Pr. 323

    , cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3;

    ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90

    ; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90;

    δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45

    ;

    τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774

    ; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e;

    π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b

    ; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg.,

    π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31

    ,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.
    C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:
    I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion,

    ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420

    ; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.;

    ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239

    ; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.;

    ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374

    ;

    βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71

    ;

    κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147

    ; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.
    2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66;

    ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435

    ;

    ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127

    ;

    ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342

    ;

    ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334

    ;

    πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395

    ;

    π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278

    ;

    τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931

    ; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later,

    ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3

    ;

    ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1

    ; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;

    ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς

    beside,

    Supp.Epigr.6.106

    ([place name] Cotiaeum).
    b of addition,

    ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46

    (Argos, v B. C.);

    ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63

    , cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.
    3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards,

    ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244

    , al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.;

    ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44

    ; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26;

    ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240

    ;

    στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477

    ; so in Prose,

    π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201

    , cf. 4.40;

    π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149

    ; also

    ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22

    (v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4;

    π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22

    Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27;

    πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751

    ;

    πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.
    4 in hostile sense, against,

    π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471

    ;

    ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378

    ; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98;

    βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108

    ;

    γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303

    ;

    χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88

    ;

    π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304

    ;

    ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65

    ;

    ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118

    ;

    ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c

    ;

    ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18

    : also in argument, in reply to,

    ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c

    ; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.;

    μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34

    .
    5 without any hostile sense,

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155

    ,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200;

    π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584

    ; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359;

    ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267

    ;

    μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19

    , etc.;

    ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60

    codd.;

    ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632

    , Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron.,

    διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45

    ; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60;

    π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d

    ; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931;

    ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285

    .
    b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.
    6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235;

    ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19

    ; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6;

    ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59

    ;

    γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82

    , cf. Hdt. 1.61;

    π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51

    ;

    π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491

    ; also

    σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82

    , cf. O.4.6;

    παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952

    , etc.;

    ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86

    ;

    εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340

    ; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219;

    κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c

    ;

    π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2

    ; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8

    (Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.
    b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39;

    ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10

    ;

    ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23

    ;

    τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314

    , cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.;

    φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13

    ([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.;

    τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23

    , cf. 16.10;

    τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12

    , cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.
    7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc.,

    τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8

    (Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury,

    ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14

    ;

    ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19

    codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25;

    ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11

    ([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6;

    τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1

    ; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31

    , cf. D.7.33.
    II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about,

    ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191

    ;

    ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552

    ;

    πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a

    ;

    ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22

    ;

    π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21

    ;

    π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089

    ; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii);

    πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312

    ; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.
    III of Relation between two objects,
    1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441;

    μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37

    ;

    οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..

    in respect of..,

    Arist.APr. 24a25

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.);

    π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28

    ; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44;

    λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1

    D.;

    π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8

    (iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia);

    ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus);

    π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.

    s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs.,

    ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14

    , etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.
    2 in reference to, in consequence of,

    πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52

    , cf. 4.161;

    π. τὴν φήμην

    in view of..,

    Id.3.153

    , cf. Th.8.39;

    χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59

    ;

    ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4

    , etc.: with neut. Pron.,

    π. τί;

    wherefore? to what end?

    S.OT 766

    , 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;

    π. ταῦτα

    therefore, this being so,

    Hdt.5.9

    ,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.
    3 in reference to or for a purpose,

    ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057

    ; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b;

    ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174

    , cf. OC71, Tr. 1182;

    ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12

    ;

    ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21

    ;

    ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60

    ; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6;

    ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7

    .
    b with a view to or for a future time,

    ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62

    (Senatus consultum, ii B. C.);

    θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13

    .
    c = πρός B. 11,

    ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8

    ;

    ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3

    , cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.
    4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with,

    κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34

    ;

    ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35

    ;

    π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94

    , 8.44;

    πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10

    , cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10;

    τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68

    ;

    ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50

    ; also

    ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3

    ;

    ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39

    : also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος)

    ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2

    , cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4;

    πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19

    ; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph.,

    π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.);

    τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42

    (Ephesus, iii B. C.);

    θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16

    (Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.);

    τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1

    , cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.);

    ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6

    (Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.);

    οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b

    ; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so

    ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a

    ; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra,

    π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126

    , cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2;

    λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17

    (Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2;

    π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8

    ;

    π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30

    ; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time,

    ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1

    , cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan;

    μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4

    ([place name] Ptolemaic);

    π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b

    (but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3);

    π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21

    .

    κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3

    ;

    π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101

    , cf. Sor.1.56;

    π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8

    (ii A. D.);

    π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399

    (ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4;

    προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89

    .
    5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of,

    π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20

    , cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.;

    π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47

    ;

    ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17

    , cf. 314, etc.;

    εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22

    ; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226;

    ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32

    ;

    π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63

    ; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;

    π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα

    according to..,

    E.Hipp. 701

    ; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2;

    ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9

    , cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.
    6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments,

    π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84

    ; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.;

    π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13

    (Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.
    7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion,

    νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20

    (s.v.l.);

    π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73

    ;

    τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735

    ; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657);

    π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130

    (lyr.);

    π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214

    ; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.);

    οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8

    ,19;

    π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594

    ;

    π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494

    ; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773;

    οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13

    ;

    ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15

    , cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133;

    πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e

    ; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify,

    μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1

    , cf. S.OT 1152;

    π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3

    , etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of,

    π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30

    , cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);

    π. ἰσχύος χ.

    by means of,

    E.Med. 538

    ; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.);

    π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23

    , etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119;

    π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464

    ; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.;

    π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308

    ; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32;

    π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1

    ; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3;

    π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2

    ; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.
    8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.
    D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207;

    π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74

    ;

    καὶ π. Id.7.154

    , 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.;

    καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110

    , Pl.R. 328a, 466e;

    καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73

    ;

    καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67

    ; freq. at the end of a second clause,

    τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622

    ;

    ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e

    , cf. E.Ph. 610;

    ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28

    , cf. 22.60.
    I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.
    II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.
    III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.
    F REMARKS,
    1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute,

    ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653

    , cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ)

    σφέτερον Il.17.419

    , cf. Pi.O.4.5.
    2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.
    3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron.,

    πρός με S.Aj. 292

    , Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός

  • 15 near

    1. adverb
    1) (at a short distance) nah[e]

    stand/live [quite] near — [ganz] in der Nähe stehen/wohnen

    come or draw near/nearer — [Tag, Zeitpunkt:] nahen/näherrücken

    near at handin Reichweite (Dat.); [Ort] ganz in der Nähe

    be near at hand[Ereignis:] nahe bevorstehen

    so near and yet so farso nah und doch so fern

    2) (closely)

    near to = 2 a, b, c; we were near to being drowned — wir wären fast od. beinah[e] ertrunken

    2. preposition
    1) (in space) (position) nahe an/bei (+ Dat.); (motion) nahe an (+ Akk.); (fig.) nahe (geh.) nachgestellt (+ Dat.); in der Nähe (+ Gen.)

    keep near mehalte dich od. bleib in meiner Nähe

    near where... — in der Nähe od. unweit der Stelle (Gen.), wo...

    move it nearer herrücke es näher zu ihr

    don't stand so near the firegeh nicht so nahe od. dicht an das Feuer

    when we got nearer Oxfordals wir in die Nähe von Oxford kamen

    wait till we're nearer home — warte, bis wir nicht mehr so weit von zu Hause weg sind

    the man near/nearest you — der Mann, der bei dir/der dir am nächsten steht

    nobody comes anywhere near him at swimmingim Schwimmen kommt bei weitem keiner an ihn heran

    3) (in time)

    near the end/the beginning of something — gegen Ende/zu Anfang einer Sache (Gen.)

    4) in comb. Beinahe[unfall, -zusammenstoß, -katastrophe]

    be in a state of near-collapsekurz vor dem Zusammenbruch stehen

    a near-miraclefast od. beinahe ein Wunder

    3. adjective
    1) (in space or time) nahe
    2) (closely related) nahe [Verwandte]; eng [Freund]
    3) (in nature) fast richtig [Vermutung]; groß [Ähnlichkeit]

    £30 or near/nearest offer — 30 Pfund oder nächstbestes Angebot

    this is the nearest equivalentdies entspricht dem am ehesten

    near escapeEntkommen mit knapper Not

    round it up to the nearest pennyrunde es auf den nächsthöheren Pfennigbetrag

    be a near miss[Schuss, Wurf:] knapp danebengehen

    that was a near miss (escape) das war aber knapp!

    4)

    the near side(Brit.) (travelling on the left/right) die linke/rechte Seite

    5) (direct)
    4. transitive verb
    sich nähern (+ Dat.)
    * * *
    [niə] 1. adjective
    1) (not far away in place or time: The station is quite near; Christmas is getting near.) nahe
    2) (not far away in relationship: He is a near relation.) nahe
    2. adverb
    1) (to or at a short distance from here or the place mentioned: He lives quite near.) nahe
    2) ((with to) close to: Don't sit too near to the window.) nahe
    3. preposition
    (at a very small distance from (in place, time etc): She lives near the church; It was near midnight when they arrived.) nahe
    4. verb
    (to come near (to): The roads became busier as they neared the town; as evening was nearing.) sich nähren
    - academic.ru/49300/nearly">nearly
    - nearness
    - nearby
    - nearside
    - near-sighted
    - a near miss
    * * *
    [nɪəʳ, AM nɪr]
    I. adj
    1. (close in space) nahe, in der Nähe
    where's the \nearest phone box? wo ist die nächste Telefonzelle?
    in the \near distance [ganz] in der Nähe
    in the \near future in der nahen Zukunft
    3. (most similar)
    \nearest am nächsten
    walking in these boots is the \nearest thing to floating on air in diesen Stiefeln läuft man fast wie auf Watte
    this was the \nearest equivalent to cottage cheese I could find von allem, was ich auftreiben konnte, ist das hier Hüttenkäse am ähnlichsten
    he rounded up the sum to the \nearest dollar er rundete die Summe auf den nächsten Dollar auf
    4. attr (close to being)
    he was in a state of \near despair er war der Verzweiflung nahe
    that's a \near certainty/impossibility das ist so gut wie sicher/unmöglich
    a \near catastrophe/collision eine Beinahekatastrophe/ein Beinahezusammenstoß m
    5. attr (person) nahe, eng
    he's a \near neighbour er gehört zu der unmittelbaren Nachbarschaft
    \near relative enge[r] [o nahe[r]] Verwandte[r]
    his \nearest and dearest ( hum) seine Lieben hum
    6. attr BRIT, AUS AUTO, TRANSP (nearside) auf der Beifahrerseite präd, nach n
    7.
    a \near thing:
    that was a \near thing! it could have been a disaster das war aber knapp! es hätte ein Unglück geben können
    she won in the end but it was a \near thing am Ende hat sie doch noch gewonnen, aber es war knapp
    II. adv
    do you live somewhere \near? wohnst du hier irgendwo in der Nähe?
    I wish we lived \nearer ich wünschte, wir würden näher beieinanderwohnen
    I was standing just \near enough to hear what he was saying ich stand gerade nah genug, um zu hören, was er sagte
    \near at hand object in [unmittelbarer] Reichweite; place [ganz] in der Nähe
    to draw [or get] \near näher rücken
    the time is drawing \nearer die Zeit rückt näher
    3. (almost) beinahe, fast
    a \near perfect performance eine fast perfekte Vorstellung
    I \near fell out or the chair ich wäre beinahe vom Stuhl gefallen
    as \near as:
    as \near as he could recall, the burglar had been tall soweit er sich erinnern konnte, war der Einbrecher groß gewesen
    I'm as \near certain as can be ich bin mir so gut wie sicher
    there were about 60 people at the party, as \near as I could judge ich schätze, es waren so um die 60 Leute auf der Party
    \near enough ( fam) fast, beinahe
    she's been here 10 years, \near enough sie ist seit 10 Jahren hier, so ungefähr jedenfalls
    they're the same age or \near enough sie haben so ungefähr dasselbe Alter
    nowhere [or not anywhere] \near bei Weitem nicht
    his income is nowhere \near enough to live on sein Einkommen reicht bei Weitem nicht zum Leben [aus]
    he's not anywhere \near as [or so] tall as his sister er ist längst nicht so groß wie seine Schwester
    4.
    as \near as dammit [or damn it] BRIT ( fam)
    it will cost £200, or as \near as dammit so Pi mal Daumen gerechnet wird es etwa 200 Pfund kosten
    III. prep
    1. (in proximity to)
    \near [to] nahe [bei] + dat
    he stood \near her er stand nahe [o dicht] bei ihr
    do you live \near here? wohnen Sie hier in der Nähe?
    we live quite \near [to] a school wir wohnen in unmittelbarer Nähe einer Schule
    the house was nowhere \near the port das Haus lag nicht mal in der Nähe des Hafens
    don't come too \near me, you might catch my cold komm mir nicht zu nahe, du könntest dich mit meiner Erkältung anstecken
    which bus stop is \nearest [to] your house? welche Bushaltestelle ist von deinem Haus aus die nächste?
    go and sit \nearer [to] the fire komm, setz dich näher ans Feuer
    there's a car park \near the factory bei [o in der Nähe] der Fabrik gibt es einen Parkplatz
    I shan't be home till some time \near midnight ich werde erst so um Mitternacht zurück sein
    it's nowhere \near time for us to leave yet es ist noch längst nicht Zeit für uns zu gehen
    I'm nowhere \near finishing the book ich habe das Buch noch längst nicht ausgelesen
    details will be given \near the date die Einzelheiten werden kurz vor dem Termin bekanntgegeben
    his birthday is very \near Easter er hat kurz vor Ostern Geburtstag
    I'll think about it \nearer [to] the time wenn die Zeit reif ist, dann werde ich drüber nachdenken
    \near the end of the war gegen Kriegsende
    we came \near to being killed wir wären beinahe getötet worden
    they came \near to blows over the election results sie hätten sich fast geprügelt wegen der Wahlergebnisse
    \near to starvation/dehydration nahe dem Verhungern/Verdursten
    \near to tears den Tränen nahe
    4. (similar in quantity or quality)
    he's \nearer 70 than 60 er ist eher 70 als 60
    this colour is \nearest [to] the original diese Farbe kommt dem Original am nächsten
    nobody else comes \near him in cooking was das Kochen angeht, da kommt keiner an ihn ran
    5. (about ready to)
    to be \near to doing sth nahe daran sein, etw akk zu tun
    I am \near to losing my temper ich verliere gleich die Geduld
    he came \near to punching him er hätte ihn beinahe geschlagen
    6. (like)
    he felt something \near envy er empfand so etwas wie Neid
    what he said was nothing \near the truth was er sagte, entsprach nicht im Entferntesten der Wahrheit
    7. (almost amount of) annähernd, fast
    it weighed \near to a pound es wog etwas weniger als ein Pfund
    temperatures \near 30 degrees Temperaturen von etwas unter 30 Grad
    profits fell from £8 million to \nearer £6 million die Gewinne sind von 8 Millionen auf gerade mal 6 Millionen zurückgegangen
    IV. vt
    to \near sth sich akk etw dat nähern, etw dat näher kommen
    we \neared the top of the mountain wir kamen dem Gipfel des Berges immer näher
    to \near completion kurz vor der Vollendung stehen
    sb \nears his/her end ( liter) jds Ende naht euph
    V. vi sich akk nähern, näher kommen [o rücken]
    lunchtime is \nearing es ist bald Mittagszeit
    as Christmas \neared, little Susan became more and more excited als Weihnachten nahte, wurde die kleine Susan immer aufgeregter
    * * *
    [nɪə(r)] (+er)
    1. ADVERB
    1) = close in space or time nahe

    don't sit/stand so near — setzen Sie sich/stehen Sie nicht so nahe (daran)

    you live nearer/nearest — du wohnst näher/am nächsten

    to move/come nearer — näher kommen

    that was the nearest I ever got to seeing himda hätte ich ihn fast gesehen

    the nearer it gets to the election, the more they look like losing — je näher die Wahl kommt or rückt, desto mehr sieht es danach aus, dass sie verlieren werden __diams; to be near at hand zur Hand sein; (shops) in der Nähe sein; (help) ganz nahe sein; (event) unmittelbar bevorstehen

    2) = closely, accurately genau

    as near as I can tell —

    (that's) near enough — so gehts ungefähr, das haut so ungefähr hin (inf)

    ... no, but near enough —... nein, aber es ist nicht weit davon entfernt

    3) = almost fast, beinahe; impossible nahezu, fast; dead nahezu
    4)

    in negative statements it's nowhere near enough — das ist bei Weitem nicht genug

    we're nowhere or not anywhere near finishing the book —

    you are nowhere or not anywhere near the truth — das ist weit gefehlt, du bist weit von der Wahrheit entfernt

    2. PREPOSITION
    (also ADV: near to)
    1) = close to position nahe an (+dat), nahe (+dat); (with motion) nahe an (+acc); (= in the vicinity of) in der Nähe von or +gen; (with motion) in die Nähe von or +gen

    move the chair near/nearer (to) the table — rücken Sie den Stuhl an den/näher an den Tisch

    to get near/nearer (to) sb/sth — nahe/näher an jdn/etw herankommen

    to stand near/nearer (to) the table — nahe/näher am Tisch stehen

    he won't go near anything illegal —

    near here/there — hier/dort in der Nähe

    near (to) where I had seen him — nahe der Stelle, wo ich ihn gesehen hatte

    to be nearest to stheiner Sache (dat) am nächsten sein

    take the chair nearest (to) you/the table — nehmen Sie den Stuhl direkt neben Ihnen/dem Tisch

    that's nearer it —

    to be near (to) sb's heart or sb — jdm am Herzen liegen

    to be near (to) the knuckle or bone (joke) — gewagt sein; (remark) hart an der Grenze sein

    2) = close in time with time stipulated gegen

    near (to) the appointed time — um die ausgemachte Zeit herum

    come back nearer (to) 3 o'clock —

    to be nearer/nearest (to) sth — einer Sache (dat) zeitlich näher liegen/am nächsten liegen

    near (to) the end of my stay/the play/the book — gegen Ende meines Aufenthalts/des Stücks/des Buchs

    as it drew near/nearer (to) his departure — als seine Abreise heranrückte/näher heranrückte

    3)

    = on the point of to be near (to) doing sth — nahe daran sein, etw zu tun

    to be near (to) tears/despair etc — den Tränen/der Verzweiflung etc nahe sein

    she was near (to) laughing out loud — sie hätte beinahe laut gelacht

    the project is near/nearer (to) completion —

    he came near to ruining his chances — er hätte sich seine Chancen beinahe verdorben, es hätte nicht viel gefehlt, und er hätte sich seine Chancen verdorben

    we were near to being drowned — wir waren dem Ertrinken nahe, wir wären beinahe ertrunken

    4) = similar to ähnlich (+dat)

    German is nearer (to) Dutch than English is — Deutsch ist dem Holländischen ähnlicher als Englisch

    it's the same thing or near it —

    3. ADJECTIVE
    1) = close in space or time nahe

    to be near (person, object) — in der Nähe sein; (danger, end, help) nahe sein; (event, departure, festival) bevorstehen

    to be very near — ganz in der Nähe sein; (in time) nahe or unmittelbar bevorstehen; (danger etc) ganz nahe sein

    to be nearer/nearest — näher/am nächsten sein; (event etc) zeitlich näher/am nächsten liegen

    it looks very near —

    his answer was nearer than mine/nearest — seine Antwort traf eher zu als meine/traf die Sachlage am ehesten

    when death is so nearwenn man dem Tod nahe ist

    these events are still very near —

    the hour is near (when...) (old) her hour was near (old) — die Stunde ist nahe(, da...) (old) ihre Stunde war nahe (old)

    2) fig escape knapp

    a near disaster/accident — beinahe or fast ein Unglück nt/ein Unfall m

    his nearest rival — sein schärfster Rivale, seine schärfste Rivalin

    to be in a state of near collapse/hysteria — am Rande eines Zusammenbruchs/der Hysterie sein

    £50 or nearest offer (Comm) — Verhandlungsbasis £ 50

    we'll sell it for £50, or nearest offer — wir verkaufen es für £ 50 oder das nächstbeste Angebot

    this is the nearest translation you'll getbesser kann man es kaum übersetzen, diese Übersetzung trifft es noch am ehesten

    that's the nearest thing you'll get to a compliment/an answer — ein besseres Kompliment/eine bessere Antwort kannst du kaum erwarten

    3) = closely related, intimate relation nah; friend nah, vertraut
    4. TRANSITIVE VERB
    sich nähern (+dat)

    to be nearing sth (fig)auf etw (acc) zugehen

    5. INTRANSITIVE VERB
    (time, event) näher rücken

    the time is nearing when... — die Zeit rückt näher, da...

    * * *
    near [nıə(r)]
    A adv
    1. nahe, (ganz) in der Nähe, dicht dabei
    2. nahe (bevorstehend) (Zeitpunkt, Ereignis etc)
    3. nahe (heran), näher:
    4. nahezu, beinahe, fast:
    £1,000 is not anywhere near enough 1000 Pfund sind bei Weitem nicht genug oder sind auch nicht annähernd genug;
    not anywhere near as bad as nicht annähernd so schlecht wie, bei Weitem nicht so schlecht wie
    5. obs sparsam:
    live near sparsam oder kärglich leben
    6. fig eng (verwandt, befreundet etc)
    7. SCHIFF hart (am Winde):
    B adj (adv nearly)
    1. nahe (gelegen), in der Nähe:
    the nearest place der nächstgelegene Ort
    2. kurz, nahe:
    the nearest way der kürzeste Weg
    3. nahe (Zeitpunkt, Ereignis etc):
    4. nahe (verwandt):
    the nearest relations die nächsten Verwandten
    5. eng (befreundet oder vertraut):
    a near friend ein guter oder enger Freund;
    my nearest and dearest friend mein bester Freund;
    6. knapp:
    we had a near escape wir sind mit knapper Not entkommen;
    near miss FLUG, AUTO Beinahe-, Fastzusammenstoß m;
    a) knapp danebengehen (Schuss etc),
    b) fig knapp scheitern;
    that was a near thing umg das hätte ins Auge gehen können, das ist gerade noch einmal gut gegangen
    7. genau, wörtlich, wortgetreu (Übersetzung etc)
    8. umg knaus(e)rig
    C präp
    1. nahe (dat), in der oder die Nähe von (oder gen), nahe an (dat) oder bei, unweit (gen):
    near sb in jemandes Nähe;
    a house near the station ein Haus in Bahnhofsnähe;
    get near the end of one’s career sich dem Ende seiner Laufbahn nähern;
    near completion der Vollendung nahe, nahezu fertiggestellt;
    a) nicht weit von hier,
    b) hier in der Nähe;
    his opinion is very near my own wir sind fast der gleichen Meinung;
    be near doing sth nahe daran sein, etwas zu tun; bone1 A 1
    2. (zeitlich) nahe, nicht weit von
    D v/t & v/i sich nähern, näher kommen (dat):
    be nearing completion der Vollendung entgegengehenBesondere Redewendungen: near at hand
    a) A 1,
    b) A 2 near by nearby A;
    a) sich ungefähr belaufen auf (akk),
    b) einer Sache sehr nahe oder fast gleichkommen, fast etwas sein she came near to tears sie war den Tränen nahe, sie hätte fast geweint;
    come ( oder go) near to doing sth etwas fast oder beinahe tun;
    not come near to sth in keinem Verhältnis stehen zu etwas; draw near, nowhere A 3
    nr abk near
    * * *
    1. adverb

    stand/live [quite] near — [ganz] in der Nähe stehen/wohnen

    come or draw near/nearer — [Tag, Zeitpunkt:] nahen/näherrücken

    near at handin Reichweite (Dat.); [Ort] ganz in der Nähe

    be near at hand[Ereignis:] nahe bevorstehen

    near to = 2 a, b, c; we were near to being drowned — wir wären fast od. beinah[e] ertrunken

    2. preposition
    1) (in space) (position) nahe an/bei (+ Dat.); (motion) nahe an (+ Akk.); (fig.) nahe (geh.) nachgestellt (+ Dat.); in der Nähe (+ Gen.)

    keep near mehalte dich od. bleib in meiner Nähe

    near where... — in der Nähe od. unweit der Stelle (Gen.), wo...

    wait till we're nearer home — warte, bis wir nicht mehr so weit von zu Hause weg sind

    the man near/nearest you — der Mann, der bei dir/der dir am nächsten steht

    ask me again nearer the time — frag mich, wenn der Zeitpunkt etwas näher gerückt ist, noch einmal

    near the end/the beginning of something — gegen Ende/zu Anfang einer Sache (Gen.)

    4) in comb. Beinahe[unfall, -zusammenstoß, -katastrophe]

    a near-miraclefast od. beinahe ein Wunder

    3. adjective
    2) (closely related) nahe [Verwandte]; eng [Freund]
    3) (in nature) fast richtig [Vermutung]; groß [Ähnlichkeit]

    £30 or near/nearest offer — 30 Pfund oder nächstbestes Angebot

    be a near miss[Schuss, Wurf:] knapp danebengehen

    that was a near miss (escape) das war aber knapp!

    4)

    the near side(Brit.) (travelling on the left/right) die linke/rechte Seite

    4. transitive verb
    sich nähern (+ Dat.)
    * * *
    adj.
    nah adj. prep.
    nächst präp.

    English-german dictionary > near

  • 16 πρό

    A before, forth:
    A PREP. WITH GENIT.:
    I of Place, before, in front of,

    ἠγερέθοντο π. ἄστεος Od.24.468

    , cf. Il.15.351, etc.;

    π. πτόλιος δεδαϊγμένον 19.292

    ;

    κείνους κιχησόμεθα π. πυλάων 10.126

    , cf. 6.80, etc.;

    φύλοπις αἰνὴ ἕστηκε π. νεῶν 18.172

    ;

    πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι π. 8.561

    , cf. 10.12, Od.8.581, etc.;

    κλαγγὴ γεράνων πέλει οὐρανόθι π. Il.3.3

    ;

    π. τειχέων Pi.O.13.56

    ; ἔμπροσθε π. (v.l.)

    τῆς ἀκροπόλιος, ὄπισθε δὲ τῶν πυλέων Hdt.8.53

    , cf. 9.52; π. δόμων, π. δωμάτων, in front of, i.e. outside the house, Pi.P.2.18, 5.96, etc.;

    π. θυρῶν S.El. 109

    (anap.), etc.; τὴν π. τοῦ Ἡραίου νῆσον before or off the Heraeum, Th.3.75, cf. 7.22; π. ποδός, v. πούς 1.4a; π. χειρῶν at hand, S.Ant. 1279, E. Rh. 274, dub. in Tr. 1207;

    π. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν προφαίνεσθαι Aeschin. 2.148

    .
    2 with Vbs. of motion,

    π. δ' ἄρ' αὐτῶν κύνες ἤϊσαν Od. 19.435

    , cf. Il.23.115;

    π. Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ᾔει 10.286

    , cf. 13.693;

    π. ἕθεν κλονέοντα φάλαγγας 5.96

    .
    3 before, in front of, for the purpose of shielding or guarding,

    π. Τρώων ἑσταότ' Il.24.215

    : hence, in defence of,

    μάχεσθαι.. π. τε παίδων καὶ π. γυναικῶν 8.57

    , cf. 4.156, 373, Hdt.8.74, etc.; ὀλέσθαι π. πόληος, Lat. pro patria mori, Il.22.110;

    π. τῆς Σπάρτης ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.7.134

    , cf. 172,9.72, E.Alc.18, 645, etc.;

    π. τοῦ θανόντος.. ἔθεσθ' ἐπιστροφήν S.OT 134

    ;

    διακινδυνεῦσαι π. βασιλέως X.Cyr.8.8.4

    ; βουλεύεσθαι, πράττειν π. τινός, ib.1.6.42, 4.5.44, cf. Mem.2.4.7; π. τοξευμάτων as a defence against arrows, Id.An.7.8.18: hence also, for, on behalf of, instead of, ἀγρυπνῆσαι π. τινῶν ib.7.6.36, cf. Leg.Gort.1.43; of an advocate,

    π. τῶνδε φωνεῖν S.OT10

    , cf. OC 811; ὄτι δέ κ' αὐτὸς π. Ειαυτοῦ [ἀμάρτῃ] whatever offence he commits of his own volition, Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn p.34.
    4 π. ὁδοῦ ἐγένοντο further on the road, i.e. forwards, onward, Il.4.382, cf. Ael.NA3.16,7.29 (v. φροῦδος): also to denote distance,

    π. πολλοῦ τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35

    ;

    π. τριάκοντα σταδίων

    at a distance of

    30

    stades, Str.8.6.24.
    5 π. ἠοῦς, π. ἑσπέρης τοῦ βωμοῦ, eastwards, west wards of.., IG7.235.45 (Orop., iv B.C.).
    II of Time, before,

    π. γάμοιο Od.15.524

    ;

    ἠῶθι π. 5.469

    ; π. ὃ τοῦ ἐνόησεν one before the other, Il.10.224; more freq. in later writers,

    π. τῶν Τρωικῶν Th.1.3

    , cf. 1.1;

    π. τοῦ θανεῖν S.Ant. 883

    ;

    π. τοῦ θανάτου Pl.Phd. 57a

    ;

    π. τοῦ λοιμοῦ Id.Smp. 201d

    ;

    π. δείπνου X.Cyr. 5.5.39

    ; π. ἡμέρας ib.4.5.14; π. τοῦ χρῆσθαι before one uses it, Id.Mem.2.6.6; π. μοίρας τῆς ἐμῆς before my doom, A.Ag. 1266;

    π. τῆς εἱμαρμένης Antipho 1.21

    ;

    π. τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου Aeschin.3.126

    , cf. 124; π. πολλοῦ long before, Hdt.7.130, etc.; π. μικροῦ, π. ὀλίγου, Plu.Pomp.73, App.BC2.116;

    ὀλίγον π. τούτων Th.2.8

    ; τὸ π. τοῦ (v.l. τούτου) ib.15; π. τοῦ (sts. written προτοῦ) A.Ag. 1204, Hdt.1.122, 5.83, Ar.Th. 418, Pl.Smp. 173a;

    ὁ π. τοῦ χρόνος A.Eu. 462

    , Th.2.58, etc.; π. τοῦ ἤ, = πρὶν ἤ, IG7.2225.22 ([place name] Thisbe);

    οἱ π. ἡμῶν γενόμενοι Isoc.13.19

    ;

    οἱ π. ἐμοῦ Th.1.97

    .
    2 in later writers freq. with Numerals, π. τριάκοντα ἡμερῶν thirty days before, Ael.NA5.52;

    π. μιᾶς ἡμέρας Plu.Caes.63

    ;

    π. ἐνιαυτοῦ Id.2.147e

    ;

    π. δυεῖν ἡμερῶν ἢ ἐτελεύτα Id.Sull.37

    : freq. c. dupl. gen., π. δύο ἐτῶν τοῦ σεισμοῦ, π. δύο ὡρῶν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, LXX Am.1.1, Dsc.1.64; π. ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα, π. μιᾶς ἡμέρας τῶν γενεθλίων, Ev.Jo.12.1, Plu. 2.717d;

    π. πολλοῦ τῆς ἑορτῆς Luc.Sat.14

    .
    b in rendering Roman dates, τῇ π. μιᾶς Νωνῶν Ὀκτωβρίων, = pridie Non. Oct., Plu.2.203a, etc.
    III in other relations:
    1 of Preference, before, rather than, κέρδος αἰνῆσαι π. δίκας to praise sleight before right, Pi.P.4.140, cf. Pl.R. 361e; πᾶν δὴ βουλόμενοι σφίσι εἶναι π. τῆς παρεούσης λύπης anything before, rather than, their actual trouble, Hdt.7.152 (so, in order to avoid,

    π. τοῦ δεινοτάτου D.54.19

    );

    πᾶν π. τοῦ δουλεῦσαι ἐπεξελθεῖν Th.5.100

    , cf.4.59; ἑλέσθαι, αἱρεῖσθαι, or κρῖναί τι π. τινός to choose one before another, Id.5.36, Pl.R. 366b, Phlb. 57e; π. πολλοῦ ποιήσασθαι to esteem above much, i.e. very highly, Isoc.5.138;

    π. πολλῶν χρημάτων τιμήσασθαί τι Th.1.33

    , cf.6.10; π. ἄλλων more than others, Pl.Mx. 249e (v.l.), cf. A. Th. 1002; δυσδαίμων.. π. πασᾶν γυναικῶν ib. 927 (codd., lyr.);

    π. πάντων θεῶν τῇ Ἑστίᾳ πρώτῃ προθύειν Pl.Cra. 401d

    : after a [comp] Comp. it is redundant,

    ἡ τυραννὶς π. ἐλευθερίης ἀσπαστότερον Hdt.1.62

    , cf.6.12, Pl.Ap. 28d, Cri. 54b, Phd. 99a; for after

    ἄλλος, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος π. σεῦ Hdt.3.85

    , cf.7.3.
    2 of Cause or Motive, for, from, π. φόβοιο for fear, Il.17.667; ἀθλεύων π. ἄνακτος toiling before the face of, i.e. in his service, 24.734; π. τῶνδε there fore, S.El. 495 (lyr.).
    B POSITION: words may be put between π. and its case, Il.23.115; but it does not follow its case, exc. after [dialect] Ep. forms in -θι, Ἰλιόθι πρό, οὐρανόθι πρό, ἠῶθι πρό (v. supr.).
    C πρό, abs. as ADV.:
    I of Place, before, opp. ἐπί ( after), Il. 13.799, 800; before, in front, 15.360; forth, forward,

    ἐκ δ' ἄγαγε π. φόωσδε 19.118

    ; χωρεῖν π. δόμων to come forth from, S.Tr. 960 (lyr.);

    ἄγειν τινὰ π. δόμων E.Hec.59

    (anap.); γῆν π. γῆς ἐλαύνομαι I am driven on from one land to another, A.Pr. 682;

    διώκειν γῆν π. γῆς Ar.Ach. 235

    .
    II of Time, before,

    πρό οἱ εἴπομεν Od.1.37

    ; earlier,

    τά τ' ἐσσόμενα π. τ' ἐόντα Hes. Th.32

    ,38.
    III when joined with other Preps., ἀποπρό, διαπρό, ἐπιπρό, περιπρό, προπρό, it strengthens the first Prep., or adds to it the notion of forward, forth.
    I with Substs., to denote
    1 position before or in front, πρόδομος, προάστιον, πρόθυρον, προπύλαια, etc.
    2 priority of rank, πρόεδρος, προεδρία, etc.: also priority of order, προάγων, πρόλογος, προοίμιον, προπάτωρ, etc.
    3 standing in another's place, πρόμαντις, πρόξενος.
    II with Adjs., to denote
    1 proximity, πρόχειρος; and readiness, πρόθυμος, πρόφρων.
    2 away (cf. 111.3 infr.), προθέλυμνος, πρόρριζος.
    3 prematureness, πρόμοιρος, πρόωρος.
    4 intensity, πρόπας, πρόπαρ, προπάροιθε; so also πρόκακος, πρόπαλαι.
    III with Verbs,
    1 of Place, before, forwards, προβαίνω, προβάλλω, προτίθημι, etc.: also, before, in defence, προκινδυνεύω, προμάχομαι, etc.
    2 forth, προέλκω, προφέρω.
    b publicly, προγράφω, προειπεῖν, πρόκειμαι.
    3 away, προδίδωμι, προϊάλλω, προϊάπτω, προΐημι, προλείπω, προρέω, προτέμνω, προτρέπομαι, προφεύγω, προχέω.
    4 in preference, προαιροῦμαι, προτιμάω, etc.
    5 before, beforehand, προαισθάνομαι, προγίγνομαι, προκαταλαμβάνω, etc.; of foresight, προνοέω, προοράω.
    E Etymology: cf. Lat. προ?πρόX-, Slav. pro-, Skt. pra-, etc., in compounds.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρό

  • 17 próximo

    adj.
    1 next, coming, forthcoming, upcoming.
    2 nearby, near, nearest, neighboring.
    * * *
    1 (cerca) near
    * * *
    (f. - próxima)
    adj.
    1) next, forthcoming
    2) near
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=cercano) near, close; [pariente] close

    en fecha próxima — soon, at an early date

    estar próximo a algo — to be close to sth, be near sth

    estar próximo a hacer algo — to be on the point of doing sth, be about to do sth

    2) (=siguiente) next
    * * *
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( siguiente) next
    b) (como pron)
    2) [ESTAR] ( cercano)
    a) ( en el tiempo) close, near

    estar próximo A + INF — to be close to + ing, to be about to + inf

    b) ( en el espacio) near, close

    próximo A algoclose o near to something

    * * *
    = adjacent, adjoining, close [closer -comp., closest -sup.], forthcoming, immediate, next + Expresión Temporal, sorrounding, neighbour [neighbor, -USA], coming, near-side, in sight, over the horizon, on the horizon, proximate.
    Ex. Before him there are the two items to be joined, projected onto adjacent viewing positions.
    Ex. The library is poorly sited outside the shopping centre and on the brow of a hill, and faces competition from adjoining libraries.
    Ex. Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex. Following internal discussion, it was agreed that a new library should be given the University's top priority in any forthcoming capital building project.
    Ex. This system offers immediate access when required by users and staff, preferably several users at the same time.
    Ex. And then the young librarian, as in a dream, heard from the lips of her supervisor the words, 'Jeanne, please let bygones be bygones and put this year's evaluation behind you. I'll try to make it up to you next year'.
    Ex. It examines the role that small university libraries can play in their surrounding communities and the benefits to be gained by both parties.
    Ex. The command 'neighbour' lists the terms around the base term alphabetically forwards or backwards.
    Ex. I have myself seen, in a northern market, a bookstall where the stall-holder had over a dozen old shoeboxes under the counter in which each month the ten new titles were placed so that the customers could buy the whole new range gradually over the coming month.
    Ex. The near-side press point was placed further in towards the middle of the tympan (and of the sheet) than the off-side point.
    Ex. The trend is definitely towards the electronic submission, but the point where this method will entirely supplant the others is not yet in sight.
    Ex. This article surveys the changes which have already occurred and those which are just over the horizon.
    Ex. The author concludes with descriptions of advances in the technology currently on the horizon.
    Ex. For example, Literature and Language should be proximate, as should Commerce and Economics and Business, Psychology and Medicine, and so on.
    ----
    * acontecimiento próximo = coming event.
    * año próximo, el = coming year, the.
    * de próxima publicación = about to be published.
    * durante el próximo año = over the next year.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year, in the coming year.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en las próximas semanas = over the next few weeks.
    * en los próximos años = in the next few years.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * lado más próximo, el = near side, the.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * mes próximo, el = next month.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * próxima apertura = opening soon.
    * próximo a = adjacent to, in the vicinity of, in the proximity of.
    * próximos años, los = years ahead, the, next few years, the.
    * * *
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( siguiente) next
    b) (como pron)
    2) [ESTAR] ( cercano)
    a) ( en el tiempo) close, near

    estar próximo A + INF — to be close to + ing, to be about to + inf

    b) ( en el espacio) near, close

    próximo A algoclose o near to something

    * * *
    = adjacent, adjoining, close [closer -comp., closest -sup.], forthcoming, immediate, next + Expresión Temporal, sorrounding, neighbour [neighbor, -USA], coming, near-side, in sight, over the horizon, on the horizon, proximate.

    Ex: Before him there are the two items to be joined, projected onto adjacent viewing positions.

    Ex: The library is poorly sited outside the shopping centre and on the brow of a hill, and faces competition from adjoining libraries.
    Ex: Superior cataloguing may result, since more consistency and closer adherence to standard codes are likely to emerge with cataloguers who spend all of their time cataloguing, than with a librarian who tackles cataloguing as one of various professional tasks.
    Ex: Following internal discussion, it was agreed that a new library should be given the University's top priority in any forthcoming capital building project.
    Ex: This system offers immediate access when required by users and staff, preferably several users at the same time.
    Ex: And then the young librarian, as in a dream, heard from the lips of her supervisor the words, 'Jeanne, please let bygones be bygones and put this year's evaluation behind you. I'll try to make it up to you next year'.
    Ex: It examines the role that small university libraries can play in their surrounding communities and the benefits to be gained by both parties.
    Ex: The command 'neighbour' lists the terms around the base term alphabetically forwards or backwards.
    Ex: I have myself seen, in a northern market, a bookstall where the stall-holder had over a dozen old shoeboxes under the counter in which each month the ten new titles were placed so that the customers could buy the whole new range gradually over the coming month.
    Ex: The near-side press point was placed further in towards the middle of the tympan (and of the sheet) than the off-side point.
    Ex: The trend is definitely towards the electronic submission, but the point where this method will entirely supplant the others is not yet in sight.
    Ex: This article surveys the changes which have already occurred and those which are just over the horizon.
    Ex: The author concludes with descriptions of advances in the technology currently on the horizon.
    Ex: For example, Literature and Language should be proximate, as should Commerce and Economics and Business, Psychology and Medicine, and so on.
    * acontecimiento próximo = coming event.
    * año próximo, el = coming year, the.
    * de próxima publicación = about to be published.
    * durante el próximo año = over the next year.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year, in the coming year.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en las próximas semanas = over the next few weeks.
    * en los próximos años = in the next few years.
    * en los próximos días = in the next few days, over the next few days.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * lado más próximo, el = near side, the.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * mes próximo, el = next month.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * próxima apertura = opening soon.
    * próximo a = adjacent to, in the vicinity of, in the proximity of.
    * próximos años, los = years ahead, the, next few years, the.

    * * *
    A
    en la próxima estación at the next station
    el próximo jueves vamos al cine (esta semana) we're going to the movies this Thursday o on Thursday; (la siguiente) we're going to the movies next Thursday
    el mes/año próximo next month/year
    2 ( como pron):
    esto lo dejamos para la próxima we'll leave this for next time
    tome la próxima a la derecha take the next right, take the next on the right
    nos bajamos en la próxima we are getting off at the next stop
    B [ ESTAR] (cercano)
    1 (en el tiempo) close, near
    la fecha ya está próxima the day is close o is drawing near
    el verano está próximo summer's nearly here
    el programa se emitirá en fecha próxima the program will be transmitted in the near future
    próximo A + INF close TO + ING
    estaba próximo a morir he was close o near to death
    ya estaba próximo a graduarse he was close to graduating o he had nearly finished school o he was about to graduate
    2 (en el espacio) near, close próximo A algo close o near TO sth
    un hotel próximo a la playa a hotel close to o near the beach
    * * *

     

    próximo
    ◊ -ma adjetivo

    1


    b) ( como pron):


    tome la próxima a la derecha take the next (on the) right
    2 [ESTAR] ( cercano)


    en fecha próxima in the near future

    próximo A algo close o near to sth
    próximo,-a adjetivo
    1 (cercano) near, close
    una calle próxima, a nearby street
    en fechas próximas, soon o in the near future
    2 (siguiente) next: me bajo en la próxima (parada), I get off at the next stop
    el próximo verano iremos a Berlín, next summer we're going to Berlin
    ' próximo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cara
    - cerca
    - concejo
    - cónclave
    - inmediata
    - inmediato
    - mes
    - novilunio
    - pegar
    - próxima
    - salida
    - tomar
    - vecina
    - vecino
    - entrante
    - futuro
    - lunes
    - oriente
    - plazo
    - proyecto
    English:
    beside
    - bring in
    - call
    - coming
    - forthcoming
    - four-door
    - kin
    - move
    - near
    - Near East
    - next
    - operational
    - proximate
    - close
    - dealer
    - due
    - fare
    - Monday
    - pending
    - start
    - tide
    - up
    * * *
    próximo, -a adj
    1. [en el tiempo] near, close;
    las vacaciones están próximas the holidays are nearly here
    2. [en el espacio] near, close;
    una casa próxima al río a house near the river;
    el colegio está muy próximo al centro the school is very near to Br the centre o US downtown
    3. [en número] close;
    un número de muertos próximo al centenar a death toll approaching one hundred
    4. [siguiente] next;
    el próximo año next year;
    el próximo domingo next Sunday;
    la próxima vez next time;
    me bajo en la próxima I'm getting off at the next stop;
    * * *
    adj
    1 ( siguiente) next;
    el próximo año next year;
    ¡hasta la próxima! see you next time!
    2 ( cercano) near, close (a to)
    * * *
    próximo, -ma adj
    1) : near, close
    la Navidad está próxima: Christmas is almost here
    2) siguiente: next, following
    la próxima semana: the following week
    * * *
    1. (siguiente) next
    2. (cercano) near
    Si algo está próximo en el tiempo, se usa el adverbio nearly o soon
    está próximo el verano it's nearly summer / it will soon be summer

    Spanish-English dictionary > próximo

  • 18 un2

    = a (an).
    Ex. A good example is the British Catalogue of Music Classification.
    ----
    * a uno u otro lado de = on either side of.
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * cada uno = apiece, each.
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.
    * cercano uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * cerca uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * dedicar unos minutos = take + a few minutes.
    * de uno a otro = across.
    * en unos momentos = momentarily, at any moment.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar un poco anticuado = be some years old.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * ni lo uno ni lo otro = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * pospuesto una y otra vez = ever-postponed.
    * ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.
    * ser uno de entre varios + Nombre = be one of a number of + Nombre.
    * todos y cada uno = all and sundry, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * tropezar los unos con los otros = trip over + each other.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide band of, a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * una apuesta segura = a sure bet.
    * una avalancha de = a flood of, a flood tide of.
    * un abanico de = a palette of.
    * una bobadita = a little something.
    * una buena alternativa a = the next best thing to.
    * una buena cantidad de = a fair amount of.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.
    * una buena pesca = a good catch.
    * una cadena de = a necklace of.
    * una cadena de + Montañas = a range of + Montañas.
    * una cantidad ingente de = a wealth of.
    * una capa fina de = a skim of.
    * una causa perdida = a dead dog.
    * una cierta cantidad de = a measure of, a proportion of.
    * una clase de = a kind of.
    * una colección desordenada de = a scrapbook of.
    * una combinación de = a mixture of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una comparsa de = a cavalcade of.
    * una constelación de = a galaxy of.
    * una convocatoria de = a call for.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una cosita = a little something.
    * una cubeta llena de = a pailful of.
    * una cucharadita de = a teaspoon of.
    * una cuestión de principios = a matter of principle.
    * una cuestión de vida o muerte = a matter of life and death.
    * una desgracia = a crying shame.
    * una de varios = one of a variety of.
    * una diversidad de = a variety of, an array of, a mosaic of, a diversity of, a menu of.
    * una escasez de = a dearth of.
    * una especie de = a kind of.
    * una especie de + Nombre = Nombre + of sorts.
    * una espléndida variedad de = a panoply of.
    * una estaca en el corazón = a stake in the heart.
    * una estructura de = a pattern of.
    * una eternidad = ages and ages (and ages).
    * una fortuna = a king's ransom.
    * una fuente de = a treasure trove of.
    * una gama de = a suite of, a palette of.
    * una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.
    * una gama muy variada de = a whole gamut of.
    * una gama variada de = a trawling of.
    * una gran = a large measure of.
    * una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.
    * una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.
    * una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of.
    * una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.
    * una gran pérdida = a great loss.
    * una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una grupo impreciso de = a cloud of.
    * una guía general = a rough guide.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.
    * una inmensa cantidad de = a treasure chest of, a huge number of.
    * una intentona de = attempted.
    * un aire de = an air of, a whiff of.
    * una joya = a little gem.
    * una lotería = hit (and/or) miss.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un aluvión de = a flood of, a rash of, a barrage of, a flurry of.
    * una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.
    * una mayor variedad de = a wider canvas of.
    * una mejor ocasión = a better time.
    * una mezcla de = a mixture of, a blend of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una mina de = a treasure trove of.
    * una mina de información = a mine of information.
    * una mina inagotable de = a treasure house of.
    * una minoría de = a minority of.
    * una minoría selecta = a select few.
    * una miscelánea de = a miscellany of.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * una montaña de = a mountain of.
    * un amplio espectro de = a broad band of, a broad spectrum of, a wide band of.
    * una muestra variada de = a mosaic of.
    * una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.
    * una multidud de = a host of.
    * una multiplicidad de = a multiplicity of.
    * una multitud de = a swarm of.
    * una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.
    * una negociación justa = a square deal.
    * una noche tras otra = night after night.
    * una nube de = a haze of, a cloud of, a swarm of.
    * un año tras otro = year after year.
    * una ola de = a wave of, a tide of.
    * una oleada de = an army of, a flurry of, a swell of.
    * una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.
    * una oportunidad como es debido = a fair chance.
    * una oportunidad de triunfar = a fighting chance.
    * una oportunidad única en la vida = once in a lifetime opportunity.
    * una organización de = a pattern of.
    * una palmada en la espalda = a pat on the back.
    * una palmadita en la espala = a pat on the back.
    * una pareja ideal = a match made in heaven.
    * una pareja perfecta = a match made in heaven.
    * una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.
    * una pequeña minoría de = a marginal fringe of.
    * una pérdida constante de = a haemorrhage of.
    * una pila de = a pile of, a stack of, a sackful of, a whole slew of, a raft of, a mass of.
    * una pincelada de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * una pizca de = a dash of, a grain of, a pinch of.
    * una pizca de verdad = a grain of truth.
    * una plena convicción de = a strong sense of.
    * una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * una probabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.
    * una profusión de = a profusion of.
    * una provisión constante de = a diet of.
    * una racha de = a rash of, a stretch of.
    * una retahíla de = a volley of, a string of.
    * una ristra de = a long tail of, a volley of.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * un arte = a fine art.
    * un arte en extinción = a dying art.
    * un arte que se está perdiendo = a dying art.
    * una salva de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de mentiras = a sackful of lies, a pack of lies.
    * unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.
    * una segunda opinión = a second opinion.
    * una segunda vez = a second time around, a second time.
    * una selecta minoría, una minoría selecta, unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * una semblanza de = an air of.
    * una serie de = a choice of, a number of, a range of, a series of, a suite of, an array of, a string of, a pattern of, a stream of, a battery of, a succession of.
    * una serie de + Nombre + organizados por turnos = a rota of + Nombre.
    * un aspecto de = an air of.
    * una sucesión de = a succession of.
    * una tanda de = a flurry of.
    * un ataque de = an access of, a shock of.
    * una tentativa de = attempted.
    * una tira de = a raft of.
    * un atisbo de = a hint of.
    * una tontería = a little something.
    * una tormenta en un vaso de agua = a tempest in a teapot.
    * una última vez = one last time.
    * una única fuente para Algo = one-stop, one-stop shopping, one stop shop.
    * un auténtico infierno = a living hell.
    * una variada gama de = a whole gamut of.
    * una variedad de = a range of, a variety of, an array of, an assortment of, a spectrum of, a menu of, a diversity of, a palette of.
    * una variedad muy rica de = a treasure of.
    * una vasta cantidad de = a vast amount of.
    * una verdadera lástima = a crying shame.
    * una verdadera pena = a crying shame.
    * una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.
    * una vez cumplimentado = completed.
    * una vez + Participio = upon + Nombre.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado = having + Participio Pasado, having + just + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado + Nombre = with + Nombre + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez que + Frase = once + Frase.
    * una vez quincenalmente = once a fortnight.
    * una vez relleno = completed.
    * una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * una yarda de largo = a yard long.
    * una zona de = a stretch of.
    * un bariburrillo de = a welter of.
    * un bebé = a babe in arms.
    * un bocadito = a little something.
    * un bombardeo de = a barrage of.
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * un buen número de = a good number of.
    * un buen partido = a good catch.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * un camión de = a truckload of.
    * un caso perdido = a dead dog.
    * un caudal de experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * un centro único = one stop shop.
    * un chorreón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un chorretón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un cierto grado de = a certain amount of, a modicum of.
    * un cierto número de = a number of.
    * un conglomerado de = a conglomeration of.
    * un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un conjunto de = a set of, a suite of, a pool of, an assembly of, a pattern of, a universe of, a harvest of, a complement of.
    * un corpus de = a body of.
    * un costal de = a sackful of.
    * un cuarto = one in four.
    * un cuarto de = a quarter of.
    * un cúmulo de = a treasure trove of.
    * un detalle = a little something.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * un dineral = a king's ransom, a huge amount of money.
    * un donnadie = a nobody.
    * un ejemplo claro = a case in question, a case in point.
    * un ejército de = an army of.
    * un enjambre de = a swarm of.
    * un equipo de = a team of.
    * un espectáculo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * un fuerte sentimiento de = a strong sense of.
    * un gran diversidad de = a broad range of.
    * un gran espectro de = a wide band of, a wide band of.
    * un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.
    * un grano de arena en el desierto = a drop in the ocean, a drop of water in a bucket.
    * un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].
    * un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.
    * un grupo aferrado de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un grupo de = a set of, a bunch of, a crop of, a pool of, a cadre of, a cluster of, a galaxy of, a clutch of, a company of.
    * un grupo de gente variada = a cast of people.
    * un grupo incondicional de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo variado de = a collection of.
    * un halo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un hombre de gentes = a man of the people.
    * un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.
    * un hombre de palabra = a man of his word.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words, a man of few words.
    * un intento de = an exercise in, attempted.
    * un juego de = a battery of.
    * un kaleidoscopio de = a mosaic of.
    * un lecho de rosas = a bed of roses.
    * un lujo asiático = the lap of luxury.
    * un manojo de llaves = a set of + keys.
    * un manojo de nervios = a bundle of nerves.
    * un mar de = a sea of.
    * un mar de papel = a sea of + paper.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * un mejor momento = a better time.
    * un mequetrefe = a nobody.
    * un minuto en los labios, para siempre en las caderas = a minute on the lips, forever on the hips.
    * un momento bueno de = a peak of.
    * un momento determinado = a frozen moment in time, a given moment in time.
    * un montón = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo de = a truckload of, a whole slew of, a raft of.
    * un montonazo de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un montón de = a pile of, a stack of, a bundle of, a truckload of, a sackful of, a raft of.
    * un montón de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la mañana = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + por la mañana temprano = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.
    * un nuevo impulso = a new lease of life.
    * un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.
    * un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of, a growing body of.
    * un número de = a series of.
    * un número reducido de = a residue of, a small number of.
    * un número variado de + Nombre = any number of + Nombre.
    * un oásis de = an oasis of.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importantes = not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de tantos = little fish in a big pond.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * unos + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.
    * unos con otros = one another.
    * unos cuantos = a few, a smattering of + Nombre Contable, a sprinkling of.
    * unos de otros = one another.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * unos encima de los otros = one on another.
    * unos + Fecha = about + Fecha.
    * unos + Número = some + Número.
    * unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * unos segundos de reflexión = a moment's thought, a moment's reflection.
    * uno u otro = one or another.
    * un paquete de = a suite of.
    * un paquete integrado de programas = a suite of + programmes.
    * un paquete ofimático integrado = a suite of office automation software.
    * un par de = a couple of.
    * un par de minutos = a couple of moments.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * un pequeño puntito = just a little dot.
    * un período de = a stretch of.
    * un período determinado = a frozen moment in time.
    * un periodo intenso de = a flurry of.
    * un pilón de = a raft of, a mass of, a stack of.
    * un poco = a bit, somewhat, slightly, something of, a little bit, kinda [kind of].
    * un poco áspero = roughish.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * un poco de = a measure of, a touch (of), a bit of, a piece of, a spot of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un poco + Nombre = a shade + Nombre.
    * un poco obscuro = dusky.
    * un poco perdido = a bit at sea.
    * un poco rugoso = roughish.
    * un popurrí de = a potpourri of, a welter of.
    * un poquito = a wee bit.
    * un poquito (de) = a dash of, a tiny bit of, a splash of, a hint of, a touch (of).
    * un porrón de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * un puñado de = a bunch of, a handful of, a clutch of.
    * un rato = awhile.
    * un rayo de = a shimmer of.
    * un rayo de esperanza = a faint glimmer of light.
    * un rayo de luz esperanzador = a faint glimmer of light, a peep of light.
    * un regalito = a little something.
    * un revoltijo de = a jumble of, a welter of.
    * un rosario de = a rash of.
    * un saco de = a sackful of.
    * un saco lleno de = a sackful of.
    * un servicio las 24 horas = a 24-hour service.
    * un sinfín de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sinnúmero de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sueño hecho realidad = a dream come true.
    * un surtido de = an assortment of.
    * un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.
    * un tiempo = awhile.
    * un tipo de = a kind of.
    * un toque de = a touch of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un torrente de = a cascade of.
    * un total de = a universe of, a total of.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.
    * un trabajo cualquiera = casual job.
    * un tramo de = a stretch of.
    * un trato justo = a square deal.
    * un trozo de = a piece of, a snatch of, a stretch of.
    * un velo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un viso de = a whiff of.
    * variar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.

    Spanish-English dictionary > un2

  • 19 un

    adj.
    one.
    art.
    an, a.
    * * *
    un
    1 a, an
    1 (numeral) one
    2 (indef) some
    un día volverá he'll come some day Table 1 NOTA See also uno,-a/Table 1
    * * *
    1. adj. 2. = una, art.
    a, an
    - unos I
    - unas I
    * * *
    un, -a
    1. ART INDEF
    1) [en singular] [refiriéndose a algo no conocido o de forma imprecisa] a; [antes de vocal o de h] an; [dando mayor énfasis, con expresiones temporales] one
    2) [en plural]
    a) [uso indefinido] (=algunos) some; (=pocos) a few

    hay unas cervezas en la neverathere are a few o some beers in the fridge

    b) [con partes del cuerpo]
    c) [con objetos a pares] some
    d) [con cantidades, cifras] about, around

    había unas 20 personasthere were about o around 20 people, there were some 20 people

    unos 80 dólaresabout o around 80 dollars, some 80 dollars

    3) [enfático]

    ¡se dio un golpe...! — he banged himself really hard!

    ¡había una gente más rara...! — there were some real weirdos there! *

    ¡sois unos vagos! — you're so lazy!

    2.
    ADJ [numeral] one

    una excursión de un día — a one-day trip, a day trip

    uno
    * * *
    (pl unos), una (pl unas) articulo
    [the masculine article un is also used before feminine nouns which begin with stressed a or ha e.g. un arma poderosa, un hambre feroz]
    1) (sing) a; (delante de sonido vocálico) an; (pl) some

    tú haces unas preguntas... — you do ask some questions!

    me dio una vergüenza... — I was so embarrassed!

    4) (sing) ( como genérico)
    5) (pl) ( expresando aproximación) about
    * * *
    (pl unos), una (pl unas) articulo
    [the masculine article un is also used before feminine nouns which begin with stressed a or ha e.g. un arma poderosa, un hambre feroz]
    1) (sing) a; (delante de sonido vocálico) an; (pl) some

    tú haces unas preguntas... — you do ask some questions!

    me dio una vergüenza... — I was so embarrassed!

    4) (sing) ( como genérico)
    5) (pl) ( expresando aproximación) about
    * * *
    un2

    Ex: A good example is the British Catalogue of Music Classification.

    * a uno u otro lado de = on either side of.
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * cada uno = apiece, each.
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.
    * cercano uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * cerca uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * dedicar unos minutos = take + a few minutes.
    * de uno a otro = across.
    * en unos momentos = momentarily, at any moment.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar un poco anticuado = be some years old.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * ni lo uno ni lo otro = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * pospuesto una y otra vez = ever-postponed.
    * ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.
    * ser uno de entre varios + Nombre = be one of a number of + Nombre.
    * todos y cada uno = all and sundry, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * tropezar los unos con los otros = trip over + each other.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide band of, a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * una apuesta segura = a sure bet.
    * una avalancha de = a flood of, a flood tide of.
    * un abanico de = a palette of.
    * una bobadita = a little something.
    * una buena alternativa a = the next best thing to.
    * una buena cantidad de = a fair amount of.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.
    * una buena pesca = a good catch.
    * una cadena de = a necklace of.
    * una cadena de + Montañas = a range of + Montañas.
    * una cantidad ingente de = a wealth of.
    * una capa fina de = a skim of.
    * una causa perdida = a dead dog.
    * una cierta cantidad de = a measure of, a proportion of.
    * una clase de = a kind of.
    * una colección desordenada de = a scrapbook of.
    * una combinación de = a mixture of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una comparsa de = a cavalcade of.
    * una constelación de = a galaxy of.
    * una convocatoria de = a call for.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una cosita = a little something.
    * una cubeta llena de = a pailful of.
    * una cucharadita de = a teaspoon of.
    * una cuestión de principios = a matter of principle.
    * una cuestión de vida o muerte = a matter of life and death.
    * una desgracia = a crying shame.
    * una de varios = one of a variety of.
    * una diversidad de = a variety of, an array of, a mosaic of, a diversity of, a menu of.
    * una escasez de = a dearth of.
    * una especie de = a kind of.
    * una especie de + Nombre = Nombre + of sorts.
    * una espléndida variedad de = a panoply of.
    * una estaca en el corazón = a stake in the heart.
    * una estructura de = a pattern of.
    * una eternidad = ages and ages (and ages).
    * una fortuna = a king's ransom.
    * una fuente de = a treasure trove of.
    * una gama de = a suite of, a palette of.
    * una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.
    * una gama muy variada de = a whole gamut of.
    * una gama variada de = a trawling of.
    * una gran = a large measure of.
    * una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.
    * una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.
    * una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of.
    * una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.
    * una gran pérdida = a great loss.
    * una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una grupo impreciso de = a cloud of.
    * una guía general = a rough guide.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.
    * una inmensa cantidad de = a treasure chest of, a huge number of.
    * una intentona de = attempted.
    * un aire de = an air of, a whiff of.
    * una joya = a little gem.
    * una lotería = hit (and/or) miss.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un aluvión de = a flood of, a rash of, a barrage of, a flurry of.
    * una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.
    * un amante = a little something on the side.
    * una mayor variedad de = a wider canvas of.
    * una mejor ocasión = a better time.
    * una mezcla de = a mixture of, a blend of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una mina de = a treasure trove of.
    * una mina de información = a mine of information.
    * una mina inagotable de = a treasure house of.
    * una minoría de = a minority of.
    * una minoría selecta = a select few.
    * una miscelánea de = a miscellany of.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * una montaña de = a mountain of.
    * un amplio espectro de = a broad band of, a broad spectrum of, a wide band of.
    * una muestra variada de = a mosaic of.
    * una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.
    * una multidud de = a host of.
    * una multiplicidad de = a multiplicity of.
    * una multitud de = a swarm of.
    * una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.
    * una negociación justa = a square deal.
    * una noche tras otra = night after night.
    * una nube de = a haze of, a cloud of, a swarm of.
    * un año tras otro = year after year.
    * una ola de = a wave of, a tide of.
    * una oleada de = an army of, a flurry of, a swell of.
    * una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.
    * una oportunidad como es debido = a fair chance.
    * una oportunidad de triunfar = a fighting chance.
    * una oportunidad única en la vida = once in a lifetime opportunity.
    * una organización de = a pattern of.
    * una palmada en la espalda = a pat on the back.
    * una palmadita en la espala = a pat on the back.
    * una pareja ideal = a match made in heaven.
    * una pareja perfecta = a match made in heaven.
    * una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.
    * una pequeña minoría de = a marginal fringe of.
    * una pérdida constante de = a haemorrhage of.
    * una pila de = a pile of, a stack of, a sackful of, a whole slew of, a raft of, a mass of.
    * una pincelada de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * una pizca de = a dash of, a grain of, a pinch of.
    * una pizca de verdad = a grain of truth.
    * una plena convicción de = a strong sense of.
    * una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * una probabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.
    * una profusión de = a profusion of.
    * una provisión constante de = a diet of.
    * una racha de = a rash of, a stretch of.
    * una retahíla de = a volley of, a string of.
    * una ristra de = a long tail of, a volley of.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * un arte = a fine art.
    * un arte en extinción = a dying art.
    * un arte que se está perdiendo = a dying art.
    * una salva de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de mentiras = a sackful of lies, a pack of lies.
    * unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.
    * una segunda opinión = a second opinion.
    * una segunda vez = a second time around, a second time.
    * una selecta minoría, una minoría selecta, unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * una semblanza de = an air of.
    * una serie de = a choice of, a number of, a range of, a series of, a suite of, an array of, a string of, a pattern of, a stream of, a battery of, a succession of.
    * una serie de + Nombre + organizados por turnos = a rota of + Nombre.
    * un aspecto de = an air of.
    * una sucesión de = a succession of.
    * una tanda de = a flurry of.
    * un ataque de = an access of, a shock of.
    * una tentativa de = attempted.
    * una tira de = a raft of.
    * un atisbo de = a hint of.
    * una tontería = a little something.
    * una tormenta en un vaso de agua = a tempest in a teapot.
    * una última vez = one last time.
    * una única fuente para Algo = one-stop, one-stop shopping, one stop shop.
    * un auténtico infierno = a living hell.
    * una variada gama de = a whole gamut of.
    * una variedad de = a range of, a variety of, an array of, an assortment of, a spectrum of, a menu of, a diversity of, a palette of.
    * una variedad muy rica de = a treasure of.
    * una vasta cantidad de = a vast amount of.
    * una verdadera lástima = a crying shame.
    * una verdadera pena = a crying shame.
    * una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.
    * una vez cumplimentado = completed.
    * una vez + Participio = upon + Nombre.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado = having + Participio Pasado, having + just + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado + Nombre = with + Nombre + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez que + Frase = once + Frase.
    * una vez quincenalmente = once a fortnight.
    * una vez relleno = completed.
    * una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * una yarda de largo = a yard long.
    * una zona de = a stretch of.
    * un bariburrillo de = a welter of.
    * un bebé = a babe in arms.
    * un bocadito = a little something.
    * un bombardeo de = a barrage of.
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * un buen número de = a good number of.
    * un buen partido = a good catch.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * un camión de = a truckload of.
    * un caso perdido = a dead dog.
    * un caudal de experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * un centro único = one stop shop.
    * un chorreón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un chorretón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un cierto grado de = a certain amount of, a modicum of.
    * un cierto número de = a number of.
    * un conglomerado de = a conglomeration of.
    * un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un conjunto de = a set of, a suite of, a pool of, an assembly of, a pattern of, a universe of, a harvest of, a complement of.
    * un corpus de = a body of.
    * un costal de = a sackful of.
    * un cuarto = one in four.
    * un cuarto de = a quarter of.
    * un cúmulo de = a treasure trove of.
    * un detalle = a little something.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * un dineral = a king's ransom, a huge amount of money.
    * un donnadie = a nobody.
    * un ejemplo claro = a case in question, a case in point.
    * un ejército de = an army of.
    * un enjambre de = a swarm of.
    * un equipo de = a team of.
    * un espectáculo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * un fuerte sentimiento de = a strong sense of.
    * un gran diversidad de = a broad range of.
    * un gran espectro de = a wide band of, a wide band of.
    * un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.
    * un grano de arena en el desierto = a drop in the ocean, a drop of water in a bucket.
    * un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].
    * un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.
    * un grupo aferrado de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un grupo de = a set of, a bunch of, a crop of, a pool of, a cadre of, a cluster of, a galaxy of, a clutch of, a company of.
    * un grupo de gente variada = a cast of people.
    * un grupo incondicional de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo variado de = a collection of.
    * un halo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un hombre de gentes = a man of the people.
    * un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.
    * un hombre de palabra = a man of his word.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words, a man of few words.
    * un intento de = an exercise in, attempted.
    * un juego de = a battery of.
    * un kaleidoscopio de = a mosaic of.
    * un lecho de rosas = a bed of roses.
    * un lujo asiático = the lap of luxury.
    * un manojo de llaves = a set of + keys.
    * un manojo de nervios = a bundle of nerves.
    * un mar de = a sea of.
    * un mar de papel = a sea of + paper.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * un mejor momento = a better time.
    * un mequetrefe = a nobody.
    * un minuto en los labios, para siempre en las caderas = a minute on the lips, forever on the hips.
    * un momento bueno de = a peak of.
    * un momento determinado = a frozen moment in time, a given moment in time.
    * un montón = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo de = a truckload of, a whole slew of, a raft of.
    * un montonazo de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un montón de = a pile of, a stack of, a bundle of, a truckload of, a sackful of, a raft of.
    * un montón de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la mañana = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + por la mañana temprano = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.
    * un nuevo impulso = a new lease of life.
    * un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.
    * un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of, a growing body of.
    * un número de = a series of.
    * un número reducido de = a residue of, a small number of.
    * un número variado de + Nombre = any number of + Nombre.
    * un oásis de = an oasis of.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importantes = not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de tantos = little fish in a big pond.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * unos + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.
    * unos con otros = one another.
    * unos cuantos = a few, a smattering of + Nombre Contable, a sprinkling of.
    * unos de otros = one another.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * unos encima de los otros = one on another.
    * unos + Fecha = about + Fecha.
    * unos + Número = some + Número.
    * unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * unos segundos de reflexión = a moment's thought, a moment's reflection.
    * uno u otro = one or another.
    * un paquete de = a suite of.
    * un paquete integrado de programas = a suite of + programmes.
    * un paquete ofimático integrado = a suite of office automation software.
    * un par de = a couple of.
    * un par de minutos = a couple of moments.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * un pequeño puntito = just a little dot.
    * un período de = a stretch of.
    * un período determinado = a frozen moment in time.
    * un periodo intenso de = a flurry of.
    * un pilón de = a raft of, a mass of, a stack of.
    * un poco = a bit, somewhat, slightly, something of, a little bit, kinda [kind of].
    * un poco áspero = roughish.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * un poco de = a measure of, a touch (of), a bit of, a piece of, a spot of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un poco + Nombre = a shade + Nombre.
    * un poco obscuro = dusky.
    * un poco perdido = a bit at sea.
    * un poco rugoso = roughish.
    * un popurrí de = a potpourri of, a welter of.
    * un poquito = a wee bit.
    * un poquito (de) = a dash of, a tiny bit of, a splash of, a hint of, a touch (of).
    * un porrón de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * un puñado de = a bunch of, a handful of, a clutch of.
    * un querido = a little something on the side.
    * un rato = awhile.
    * un rayo de = a shimmer of.
    * un rayo de esperanza = a faint glimmer of light.
    * un rayo de luz esperanzador = a faint glimmer of light, a peep of light.
    * un regalito = a little something.
    * un revoltijo de = a jumble of, a welter of.
    * un rosario de = a rash of.
    * un saco de = a sackful of.
    * un saco lleno de = a sackful of.
    * un servicio las 24 horas = a 24-hour service.
    * un sinfín de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sinnúmero de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sueño hecho realidad = a dream come true.
    * un surtido de = an assortment of.
    * un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.
    * un tiempo = awhile.
    * un tipo de = a kind of.
    * un toque de = a touch of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un torrente de = a cascade of.
    * un total de = a universe of, a total of.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.
    * un trabajo cualquiera = casual job.
    * un tramo de = a stretch of.
    * un trato justo = a square deal.
    * un trozo de = a piece of, a snatch of, a stretch of.
    * un velo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un viso de = a whiff of.
    * variar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.

    * * *
    UN
    (en Col) = Universidad Nacional
    * * *

     

    un (pl
    unos), una (pl unas) art the masculine article un is also used before feminine nouns which begin with stressed a or ha e.g. un arma poderosa, un hambre feroz

    1 ( sing) a;
    ( delante de sonido vocálico) an;
    (pl) some;

    un asunto importante an important matter;
    hay unas cartas para ti there are some letters for you;
    tiene unos ojos preciosos he has lovely eyes
    2 ( con valor ponderativo):
    tú haces unas preguntas … you do ask some questions!

    3 ( con nombres propios) a;

    4 (pl) ( expresando aproximación) about;

    un, una
    I art indet
    1 a
    una azafata, a hostess
    (antes de vocal) an
    un paraguas, an umbrella
    2 unos,-as, some: pasamos unos días en la playa, we spent some days by the sea
    II adj (cardinal) one: solo queda una, there is only one
    un kilo de azúcar, one kilo of sugar ➣ tb uno,-a
    'un' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abanderar
    - abandonar
    - abandono
    - abanico
    - abatirse
    - aberración
    - abertura
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - ablandar
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abordar
    - abrir
    - abrazar
    - abrazo
    - abreviar
    - abrigar
    - abrochar
    - abrupta
    - abrupto
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - absurda
    - absurdo
    - abusar
    - abusiva
    - abusivo
    - abusón
    - abusona
    - acá
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acariciar
    - acaudillar
    - accidental
    - accidente
    - acelerón
    - acento
    - achatamiento
    - achicar
    - acidez
    - acierto
    - aclimatarse
    - acoger
    - acogida
    - acompañar
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - abandoned
    - about
    - abridged
    - abroad
    - abrupt
    - absent
    - absolute
    - abuse
    - academy
    - accent
    - accept
    - acceptable
    - accepted
    - accidentally
    - accommodation
    - accomplishment
    - accuracy
    - accurate
    - accustom
    - achievement
    - acknowledgement
    - across
    - act
    - action
    - actual
    - addicted
    - adjourn
    - adjust
    - administer
    - administration
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advertise
    - advice
    - advise
    - adviser
    - afford
    - Afro
    - after
    - after-sales
    - aged
    - agent
    - aggravating
    - aggregate
    - aggressive
    - agree
    - agreement
    * * *
    un, una1 (mpl unos, fpl unas) art indeterminado Un is used instead of una before feminine nouns which begin with a stressed “a” or “ha” (e.g. un águila an eagle; un hacha an axe).
    1. [singular] a;
    [ante sonido vocálico] an;
    un hombre/tren a man/train;
    una mujer/mesa a woman/table;
    una hora an hour;
    tengo un hambre enorme I'm extremely hungry;
    un Picasso auténtico a genuine Picasso;
    un niño necesita cariño children need o a child needs affection
    2. [plural] some;
    tengo unos regalos para ti I have some presents for you;
    llegaremos en unos minutos we will arrive in a few minutes;
    había unos coches mal estacionados there were some badly parked cars;
    son unas personas muy amables they are very kind people;
    tiene unas ganas enormes de viajar he is extremely keen to travel;
    unas tijeras/gafas a pair of scissors/glasses;
    llevaba unas gafas de sol she was wearing sunglasses
    3. [ante números] [indica aproximación]
    había unos doce muchachos there were about o some twelve boys there
    4. [con valor enfático]
    ¡me dio una pena! I felt so sorry for her!;
    se te ocurren unas ideas you have some really odd ideas
    * * *
    un, una
    art indet a; antes de vocal y h muda an;
    unos coches/pájaros some cars/birds
    * * *
    un uno
    un, una art, mpl unos
    1) : a, an
    2) unos or unas pl
    : some, a few
    hace unas semanas: a few weeks ago
    3) unos or unas pl
    : about, approximately
    unos veinte años antes: about twenty years before
    * * *
    un det a / an

    Spanish-English dictionary > un

  • 20 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to.
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

См. также в других словарях:

  • Proximity marketing — is the localized wireless distribution of advertising content associated with a particular place. Transmissions can be received by individuals in that location who wish to receive them and have the necessary equipment to do so. Distribution may… …   Wikipedia

  • Proximity — Prox*im i*ty, n. [L. proximitas: cf. F. proximit[ e] See {Proximate}, and cf. {Propinquity}, {Approach}.] The quality or state of being next in time, place, causation, influence, etc.; immediate nearness, either in place, blood, or alliance.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Place Viger — was both a grand hotel and railway station in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, constructed in 1898 and named after Jacques Viger, Montreal s first mayor. Although combined stations and hotels were common in the United Kingdom in the late 19th century,… …   Wikipedia

  • proximity — [[t]prɒksɪ̱mɪti[/t]] N UNCOUNT: usu N to/of n, in N Proximity to a place or person is nearness to that place or person. [FORMAL] Part of the attraction is Darwin s proximity to Asia... He became aware of the proximity of the Afghans... Families… …   English dictionary

  • Place Ville-Marie — Infobox Skyscraper building name = Place Ville Marie | built = 1962 use = Office location = Montreal, Quebec Canada roof = 188 m (617 feet) top floor = antenna spire = floor count = 43 floor area = 95,922 m² (1,032,495.81 ft.²) elevator count =… …   Wikipedia

  • proximity — /prok sim i tee/, n. nearness in place, time, order, occurrence, or relation. [1475 85; < L proximitas nearness, vicinity. See PROXIMAL, ITY] * * * …   Universalium

  • proximity — prox•im•i•ty [[t]prɒkˈsɪm ɪ ti[/t]] n. nearness in place, time, relation, etc • Etymology: 1475–85; < L proximitās nearness, vicinity. See proximal, ity …   From formal English to slang

  • proximity — /prɒkˈsɪməti / (say prok simuhtee) noun nearness in place, time, or relation. {late Middle English, from Latin proximitas} …  

  • proximity — Kindred between two persons. Quality or state of being next in time, place, causation, influence, etc.; immediate nearness …   Black's law dictionary

  • Rouppe, Place/Rouppeplein —    Place Rouppe was inaugurated on 26 September 1841. Named in honor of the city s first burgomaster Nicolas Rouppe, the square is sited on a large meadow that was used as a place to dry the laundry of a nearby firm, the Blanchisserie de la… …   Historical Dictionary of Brussels

  • Meadows Place, Texas — City of Meadows Place   City   A sign indicating Meadows Place …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»